summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/contrib/bind9/doc/arm/Bv9ARM.ch06.html
blob: e2929068970ded3e96c8d3d17ca6aa42e8fe0951 (plain)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
6803
6804
6805
6806
6807
6808
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
6848
6849
6850
6851
6852
6853
6854
6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861
6862
6863
6864
6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
6870
6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
7031
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
7048
7049
7050
7051
7052
7053
7054
7055
7056
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
7072
7073
7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
7088
7089
7090
7091
7092
7093
7094
7095
7096
7097
7098
7099
7100
7101
7102
7103
7104
7105
7106
7107
7108
7109
7110
7111
7112
7113
7114
7115
7116
7117
7118
7119
7120
7121
7122
7123
7124
7125
7126
7127
7128
7129
7130
7131
7132
7133
7134
7135
7136
7137
7138
7139
7140
7141
7142
7143
7144
7145
7146
7147
7148
7149
7150
7151
7152
7153
7154
7155
7156
7157
7158
7159
7160
7161
7162
7163
7164
7165
7166
7167
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172
7173
7174
7175
7176
7177
7178
7179
7180
7181
7182
7183
7184
7185
7186
7187
7188
7189
7190
7191
7192
7193
7194
7195
7196
7197
7198
7199
7200
7201
7202
7203
7204
7205
7206
7207
7208
7209
7210
7211
7212
7213
7214
7215
7216
7217
7218
7219
7220
7221
7222
7223
7224
7225
7226
7227
7228
7229
7230
7231
7232
7233
7234
7235
7236
7237
7238
7239
7240
7241
7242
7243
7244
7245
7246
7247
7248
7249
7250
7251
7252
7253
7254
7255
7256
7257
7258
7259
7260
7261
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266
7267
7268
7269
7270
7271
7272
7273
7274
7275
7276
7277
7278
7279
7280
7281
7282
7283
7284
7285
7286
7287
7288
7289
7290
7291
7292
7293
<!--
 - Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
 - Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Internet Software Consortium.
 - 
 - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
 - purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
 - copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
 - 
 - THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND ISC DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH
 - REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
 - AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL ISC BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT,
 - INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM
 - LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE
 - OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
 - PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
-->
<!-- $Id: Bv9ARM.ch06.html,v 1.82.18.88 2008/10/18 01:29:58 tbox Exp $ -->
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1">
<title>Chapter 6. BIND 9 Configuration Reference</title>
<meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.1">
<link rel="start" href="Bv9ARM.html" title="BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual">
<link rel="up" href="Bv9ARM.html" title="BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual">
<link rel="prev" href="Bv9ARM.ch05.html" title="Chapter 5. The BIND 9 Lightweight Resolver">
<link rel="next" href="Bv9ARM.ch07.html" title="Chapter 7. BIND 9 Security Considerations">
</head>
<body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF">
<div class="navheader">
<table width="100%" summary="Navigation header">
<tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 6. <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9 Configuration Reference</th></tr>
<tr>
<td width="20%" align="left">
<a accesskey="p" href="Bv9ARM.ch05.html">Prev</a> </td>
<th width="60%" align="center"> </th>
<td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="Bv9ARM.ch07.html">Next</a>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr>
</div>
<div class="chapter" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">
<a name="Bv9ARM.ch06"></a>Chapter 6. <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9 Configuration Reference</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#configuration_file_elements">Configuration File Elements</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#address_match_lists">Address Match Lists</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#id2573436">Comment Syntax</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#Configuration_File_Grammar">Configuration File Grammar</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#id2574117"><span><strong class="command">acl</strong></span> Statement Grammar</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#acl"><span><strong class="command">acl</strong></span> Statement Definition and
          Usage</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#id2574307"><span><strong class="command">controls</strong></span> Statement Grammar</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#controls_statement_definition_and_usage"><span><strong class="command">controls</strong></span> Statement Definition and
          Usage</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#id2574736"><span><strong class="command">include</strong></span> Statement Grammar</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#id2574753"><span><strong class="command">include</strong></span> Statement Definition and
          Usage</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#id2574776"><span><strong class="command">key</strong></span> Statement Grammar</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#id2574800"><span><strong class="command">key</strong></span> Statement Definition and Usage</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#id2574958"><span><strong class="command">logging</strong></span> Statement Grammar</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#id2575084"><span><strong class="command">logging</strong></span> Statement Definition and
          Usage</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#id2576435"><span><strong class="command">lwres</strong></span> Statement Grammar</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#id2576508"><span><strong class="command">lwres</strong></span> Statement Definition and Usage</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#id2576572"><span><strong class="command">masters</strong></span> Statement Grammar</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#id2576616"><span><strong class="command">masters</strong></span> Statement Definition and
          Usage</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#id2576631"><span><strong class="command">options</strong></span> Statement Grammar</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#options"><span><strong class="command">options</strong></span> Statement Definition and
          Usage</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#server_statement_grammar"><span><strong class="command">server</strong></span> Statement Grammar</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#server_statement_definition_and_usage"><span><strong class="command">server</strong></span> Statement Definition and
            Usage</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#id2585614"><span><strong class="command">trusted-keys</strong></span> Statement Grammar</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#id2585666"><span><strong class="command">trusted-keys</strong></span> Statement Definition
            and Usage</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#view_statement_grammar"><span><strong class="command">view</strong></span> Statement Grammar</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#id2585748"><span><strong class="command">view</strong></span> Statement Definition and Usage</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#zone_statement_grammar"><span><strong class="command">zone</strong></span>
            Statement Grammar</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#id2587332"><span><strong class="command">zone</strong></span> Statement Definition and Usage</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#id2589477">Zone File</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#types_of_resource_records_and_when_to_use_them">Types of Resource Records and When to Use Them</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#id2591500">Discussion of MX Records</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#Setting_TTLs">Setting TTLs</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#id2592188">Inverse Mapping in IPv4</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#id2592384">Other Zone File Directives</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#id2592572"><acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> Master File Extension: the  <span><strong class="command">$GENERATE</strong></span> Directive</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#zonefile_format">Additional File Formats</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl>
</div>
<p>
      <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9 configuration is broadly similar
      to <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 8; however, there are a few new
      areas
      of configuration, such as views. <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym>
      8 configuration files should work with few alterations in <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym>
      9, although more complex configurations should be reviewed to check
      if they can be more efficiently implemented using the new features
      found in <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9.
    </p>
<p>
      <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 4 configuration files can be
      converted to the new format
      using the shell script
      <code class="filename">contrib/named-bootconf/named-bootconf.sh</code>.
    </p>
<div class="sect1" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="configuration_file_elements"></a>Configuration File Elements</h2></div></div></div>
<p>
        Following is a list of elements used throughout the <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> configuration
        file documentation:
      </p>
<div class="informaltable"><table border="1">
<colgroup>
<col>
<col>
</colgroup>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
                <p>
                  <code class="varname">acl_name</code>
                </p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  The name of an <code class="varname">address_match_list</code> as
                  defined by the <span><strong class="command">acl</strong></span> statement.
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                <p>
                  <code class="varname">address_match_list</code>
                </p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  A list of one or more
                  <code class="varname">ip_addr</code>,
                  <code class="varname">ip_prefix</code>, <code class="varname">key_id</code>,
                  or <code class="varname">acl_name</code> elements, see
                  <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#address_match_lists" title="Address Match Lists">the section called &#8220;Address Match Lists&#8221;</a>.
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                <p>
                  <code class="varname">masters_list</code>
                </p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  A named list of one or more <code class="varname">ip_addr</code>
                  with optional <code class="varname">key_id</code> and/or
                  <code class="varname">ip_port</code>.
                  A <code class="varname">masters_list</code> may include other
                  <code class="varname">masters_lists</code>.
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                <p>
                  <code class="varname">domain_name</code>
                </p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  A quoted string which will be used as
                  a DNS name, for example "<code class="literal">my.test.domain</code>".
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                <p>
                  <code class="varname">dotted_decimal</code>
                </p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  One to four integers valued 0 through
                  255 separated by dots (`.'), such as <span><strong class="command">123</strong></span>,
                  <span><strong class="command">45.67</strong></span> or <span><strong class="command">89.123.45.67</strong></span>.
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                <p>
                  <code class="varname">ip4_addr</code>
                </p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  An IPv4 address with exactly four elements
                  in <code class="varname">dotted_decimal</code> notation.
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                <p>
                  <code class="varname">ip6_addr</code>
                </p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  An IPv6 address, such as <span><strong class="command">2001:db8::1234</strong></span>.
                  IPv6 scoped addresses that have ambiguity on their scope
                  zones must be
                  disambiguated by an appropriate zone ID with the percent
                  character
                  (`%') as delimiter.
                  It is strongly recommended to use string zone names rather
                  than
                  numeric identifiers, in order to be robust against system
                  configuration changes.
                  However, since there is no standard mapping for such names
                  and
                  identifier values, currently only interface names as link
                  identifiers
                  are supported, assuming one-to-one mapping between
                  interfaces and links.
                  For example, a link-local address <span><strong class="command">fe80::1</strong></span> on the
                  link attached to the interface <span><strong class="command">ne0</strong></span>
                  can be specified as <span><strong class="command">fe80::1%ne0</strong></span>.
                  Note that on most systems link-local addresses always have
                  the
                  ambiguity, and need to be disambiguated.
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                <p>
                  <code class="varname">ip_addr</code>
                </p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  An <code class="varname">ip4_addr</code> or <code class="varname">ip6_addr</code>.
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                <p>
                  <code class="varname">ip_port</code>
                </p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  An IP port <code class="varname">number</code>.
                  The <code class="varname">number</code> is limited to 0
                  through 65535, with values
                  below 1024 typically restricted to use by processes running
                  as root.
                  In some cases, an asterisk (`*') character can be used as a
                  placeholder to
                  select a random high-numbered port.
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                <p>
                  <code class="varname">ip_prefix</code>
                </p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  An IP network specified as an <code class="varname">ip_addr</code>,
                  followed by a slash (`/') and then the number of bits in the
                  netmask.
                  Trailing zeros in a <code class="varname">ip_addr</code>
                  may omitted.
                  For example, <span><strong class="command">127/8</strong></span> is the
                  network <span><strong class="command">127.0.0.0</strong></span> with
                  netmask <span><strong class="command">255.0.0.0</strong></span> and <span><strong class="command">1.2.3.0/28</strong></span> is
                  network <span><strong class="command">1.2.3.0</strong></span> with netmask <span><strong class="command">255.255.255.240</strong></span>.
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                <p>
                  <code class="varname">key_id</code>
                </p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  A <code class="varname">domain_name</code> representing
                  the name of a shared key, to be used for transaction
                  security.
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                <p>
                  <code class="varname">key_list</code>
                </p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  A list of one or more
                  <code class="varname">key_id</code>s,
                  separated by semicolons and ending with a semicolon.
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                <p>
                  <code class="varname">number</code>
                </p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  A non-negative 32-bit integer
                  (i.e., a number between 0 and 4294967295, inclusive).
                  Its acceptable value might further
                  be limited by the context in which it is used.
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                <p>
                  <code class="varname">path_name</code>
                </p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  A quoted string which will be used as
                  a pathname, such as <code class="filename">zones/master/my.test.domain</code>.
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                <p>
                  <code class="varname">port_list</code>
                </p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  A list of an <code class="varname">ip_port</code> or a port
                  range.
                  A port range is specified in the form of
                  <strong class="userinput"><code>range</code></strong> followed by
                  two <code class="varname">ip_port</code>s,
                  <code class="varname">port_low</code> and
                  <code class="varname">port_high</code>, which represents
                  port numbers from <code class="varname">port_low</code> through
                  <code class="varname">port_high</code>, inclusive.
                  <code class="varname">port_low</code> must not be larger than
                  <code class="varname">port_high</code>.
                  For example,
                  <strong class="userinput"><code>range 1024 65535</code></strong> represents
                  ports from 1024 through 65535.
                  In either case an asterisk (`*') character is not
                  allowed as a valid <code class="varname">ip_port</code>.
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                <p>
                  <code class="varname">size_spec</code>
                </p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  A number, the word <strong class="userinput"><code>unlimited</code></strong>,
                  or the word <strong class="userinput"><code>default</code></strong>.
                </p>
                <p>
                  An <code class="varname">unlimited</code> <code class="varname">size_spec</code> requests unlimited
                  use, or the maximum available amount. A <code class="varname">default size_spec</code> uses
                  the limit that was in force when the server was started.
                </p>
                <p>
                  A <code class="varname">number</code> can optionally be
                  followed by a scaling factor:
                  <strong class="userinput"><code>K</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>k</code></strong>
                  for kilobytes,
                  <strong class="userinput"><code>M</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>m</code></strong>
                  for megabytes, and
                  <strong class="userinput"><code>G</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>g</code></strong> for gigabytes,
                  which scale by 1024, 1024*1024, and 1024*1024*1024
                  respectively.
                </p>
                <p>
                  The value must be representable as a 64-bit unsigned integer
                  (0 to 18446744073709551615, inclusive).
                  Using <code class="varname">unlimited</code> is the best
                  way
                  to safely set a really large number.
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                <p>
                  <code class="varname">yes_or_no</code>
                </p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  Either <strong class="userinput"><code>yes</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>no</code></strong>.
                  The words <strong class="userinput"><code>true</code></strong> and <strong class="userinput"><code>false</code></strong> are
                  also accepted, as are the numbers <strong class="userinput"><code>1</code></strong>
                  and <strong class="userinput"><code>0</code></strong>.
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                <p>
                  <code class="varname">dialup_option</code>
                </p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  One of <strong class="userinput"><code>yes</code></strong>,
                  <strong class="userinput"><code>no</code></strong>, <strong class="userinput"><code>notify</code></strong>,
                  <strong class="userinput"><code>notify-passive</code></strong>, <strong class="userinput"><code>refresh</code></strong> or
                  <strong class="userinput"><code>passive</code></strong>.
                  When used in a zone, <strong class="userinput"><code>notify-passive</code></strong>,
                  <strong class="userinput"><code>refresh</code></strong>, and <strong class="userinput"><code>passive</code></strong>
                  are restricted to slave and stub zones.
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table></div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="address_match_lists"></a>Address Match Lists</h3></div></div></div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="id2573302"></a>Syntax</h4></div></div></div>
<pre class="programlisting"><code class="varname">address_match_list</code> = address_match_list_element ;
  [<span class="optional"> address_match_list_element; ... </span>]
<code class="varname">address_match_list_element</code> = [<span class="optional"> ! </span>] (ip_address [<span class="optional">/length</span>] |
   key key_id | acl_name | { address_match_list } )
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="id2573330"></a>Definition and Usage</h4></div></div></div>
<p>
            Address match lists are primarily used to determine access
            control for various server operations. They are also used in
            the <span><strong class="command">listen-on</strong></span> and <span><strong class="command">sortlist</strong></span>
            statements. The elements
            which constitute an address match list can be any of the
            following:
          </p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc">
<li>an IP address (IPv4 or IPv6)</li>
<li>an IP prefix (in `/' notation)</li>
<li>
                a key ID, as defined by the <span><strong class="command">key</strong></span>
                statement
              </li>
<li>the name of an address match list defined with
                the <span><strong class="command">acl</strong></span> statement
              </li>
<li>a nested address match list enclosed in braces</li>
</ul></div>
<p>
            Elements can be negated with a leading exclamation mark (`!'),
            and the match list names "any", "none", "localhost", and
            "localnets"
            are predefined. More information on those names can be found in
            the description of the acl statement.
          </p>
<p>
            The addition of the key clause made the name of this syntactic
            element something of a misnomer, since security keys can be used
            to validate access without regard to a host or network address.
            Nonetheless,
            the term "address match list" is still used throughout the
            documentation.
          </p>
<p>
            When a given IP address or prefix is compared to an address
            match list, the list is traversed in order until an element
            matches.
            The interpretation of a match depends on whether the list is being
            used
            for access control, defining listen-on ports, or in a sortlist,
            and whether the element was negated.
          </p>
<p>
            When used as an access control list, a non-negated match
            allows access and a negated match denies access. If
            there is no match, access is denied. The clauses
            <span><strong class="command">allow-notify</strong></span>,
            <span><strong class="command">allow-query</strong></span>,
            <span><strong class="command">allow-query-cache</strong></span>,
            <span><strong class="command">allow-transfer</strong></span>,
            <span><strong class="command">allow-update</strong></span>,
            <span><strong class="command">allow-update-forwarding</strong></span>, and
            <span><strong class="command">blackhole</strong></span> all use address match
            lists.  Similarly, the listen-on option will cause the
            server to not accept queries on any of the machine's
            addresses which do not match the list.
          </p>
<p>
            Because of the first-match aspect of the algorithm, an element
            that defines a subset of another element in the list should come
            before the broader element, regardless of whether either is
            negated. For
            example, in
            <span><strong class="command">1.2.3/24; ! 1.2.3.13;</strong></span> the 1.2.3.13
            element is
            completely useless because the algorithm will match any lookup for
            1.2.3.13 to the 1.2.3/24 element.
            Using <span><strong class="command">! 1.2.3.13; 1.2.3/24</strong></span> fixes
            that problem by having 1.2.3.13 blocked by the negation but all
            other 1.2.3.* hosts fall through.
          </p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="id2573436"></a>Comment Syntax</h3></div></div></div>
<p>
          The <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9 comment syntax allows for
          comments to appear
          anywhere that whitespace may appear in a <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> configuration
          file. To appeal to programmers of all kinds, they can be written
          in the C, C++, or shell/perl style.
        </p>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="id2573588"></a>Syntax</h4></div></div></div>
<p>
            </p>
<pre class="programlisting">/* This is a <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> comment as in C */</pre>
<p>
            </p>
<pre class="programlisting">// This is a <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> comment as in C++</pre>
<p>
            </p>
<pre class="programlisting"># This is a <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> comment as in common UNIX shells and perl</pre>
<p>
          </p>
</div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="id2573618"></a>Definition and Usage</h4></div></div></div>
<p>
            Comments may appear anywhere that whitespace may appear in
            a <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> configuration file.
          </p>
<p>
            C-style comments start with the two characters /* (slash,
            star) and end with */ (star, slash). Because they are completely
            delimited with these characters, they can be used to comment only
            a portion of a line or to span multiple lines.
          </p>
<p>
            C-style comments cannot be nested. For example, the following
            is not valid because the entire comment ends with the first */:
          </p>
<p>

</p>
<pre class="programlisting">/* This is the start of a comment.
   This is still part of the comment.
/* This is an incorrect attempt at nesting a comment. */
   This is no longer in any comment. */
</pre>
<p>

          </p>
<p>
            C++-style comments start with the two characters // (slash,
            slash) and continue to the end of the physical line. They cannot
            be continued across multiple physical lines; to have one logical
            comment span multiple lines, each line must use the // pair.
          </p>
<p>
            For example:
          </p>
<p>

</p>
<pre class="programlisting">// This is the start of a comment.  The next line
// is a new comment, even though it is logically
// part of the previous comment.
</pre>
<p>

          </p>
<p>
            Shell-style (or perl-style, if you prefer) comments start
            with the character <code class="literal">#</code> (number sign)
            and continue to the end of the
            physical line, as in C++ comments.
          </p>
<p>
            For example:
          </p>
<p>

</p>
<pre class="programlisting"># This is the start of a comment.  The next line
# is a new comment, even though it is logically
# part of the previous comment.
</pre>
<p>

          </p>
<div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Warning</h3>
<p>
              You cannot use the semicolon (`;') character
              to start a comment such as you would in a zone file. The
              semicolon indicates the end of a configuration
              statement.
            </p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="Configuration_File_Grammar"></a>Configuration File Grammar</h2></div></div></div>
<p>
        A <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9 configuration consists of
        statements and comments.
        Statements end with a semicolon. Statements and comments are the
        only elements that can appear without enclosing braces. Many
        statements contain a block of sub-statements, which are also
        terminated with a semicolon.
      </p>
<p>
        The following statements are supported:
      </p>
<div class="informaltable"><table border="1">
<colgroup>
<col>
<col>
</colgroup>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
                <p><span><strong class="command">acl</strong></span></p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  defines a named IP address
                  matching list, for access control and other uses.
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                <p><span><strong class="command">controls</strong></span></p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  declares control channels to be used
                  by the <span><strong class="command">rndc</strong></span> utility.
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                <p><span><strong class="command">include</strong></span></p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  includes a file.
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                <p><span><strong class="command">key</strong></span></p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  specifies key information for use in
                  authentication and authorization using TSIG.
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                <p><span><strong class="command">logging</strong></span></p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  specifies what the server logs, and where
                  the log messages are sent.
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                <p><span><strong class="command">lwres</strong></span></p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  configures <span><strong class="command">named</strong></span> to
                  also act as a light-weight resolver daemon (<span><strong class="command">lwresd</strong></span>).
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                <p><span><strong class="command">masters</strong></span></p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  defines a named masters list for
                  inclusion in stub and slave zone masters clauses.
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                <p><span><strong class="command">options</strong></span></p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  controls global server configuration
                  options and sets defaults for other statements.
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                <p><span><strong class="command">server</strong></span></p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  sets certain configuration options on
                  a per-server basis.
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                <p><span><strong class="command">trusted-keys</strong></span></p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  defines trusted DNSSEC keys.
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                <p><span><strong class="command">view</strong></span></p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  defines a view.
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                <p><span><strong class="command">zone</strong></span></p>
              </td>
<td>
                <p>
                  defines a zone.
                </p>
              </td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table></div>
<p>
        The <span><strong class="command">logging</strong></span> and
        <span><strong class="command">options</strong></span> statements may only occur once
        per
        configuration.
      </p>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="id2574117"></a><span><strong class="command">acl</strong></span> Statement Grammar</h3></div></div></div>
<pre class="programlisting"><span><strong class="command">acl</strong></span> acl-name {
    address_match_list
};
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="acl"></a><span><strong class="command">acl</strong></span> Statement Definition and
          Usage</h3></div></div></div>
<p>
          The <span><strong class="command">acl</strong></span> statement assigns a symbolic
          name to an address match list. It gets its name from a primary
          use of address match lists: Access Control Lists (ACLs).
        </p>
<p>
          Note that an address match list's name must be defined
          with <span><strong class="command">acl</strong></span> before it can be used
          elsewhere; no
          forward references are allowed.
        </p>
<p>
          The following ACLs are built-in:
        </p>
<div class="informaltable"><table border="1">
<colgroup>
<col>
<col>
</colgroup>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
                  <p><span><strong class="command">any</strong></span></p>
                </td>
<td>
                  <p>
                    Matches all hosts.
                  </p>
                </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                  <p><span><strong class="command">none</strong></span></p>
                </td>
<td>
                  <p>
                    Matches no hosts.
                  </p>
                </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                  <p><span><strong class="command">localhost</strong></span></p>
                </td>
<td>
                  <p>
                    Matches the IPv4 and IPv6 addresses of all network
                    interfaces on the system.
                  </p>
                </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                  <p><span><strong class="command">localnets</strong></span></p>
                </td>
<td>
                  <p>
                    Matches any host on an IPv4 or IPv6 network
                    for which the system has an interface.
                    Some systems do not provide a way to determine the prefix
                    lengths of
                    local IPv6 addresses.
                    In such a case, <span><strong class="command">localnets</strong></span>
                    only matches the local
                    IPv6 addresses, just like <span><strong class="command">localhost</strong></span>.
                  </p>
                </td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="id2574307"></a><span><strong class="command">controls</strong></span> Statement Grammar</h3></div></div></div>
<pre class="programlisting"><span><strong class="command">controls</strong></span> {
   [ inet ( ip_addr | * ) [ port ip_port ] allow { <em class="replaceable"><code> address_match_list </code></em> }
                keys { <em class="replaceable"><code>key_list</code></em> }; ]
   [ inet ...; ]
   [ unix <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> perm <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> owner <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> group <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> keys { <em class="replaceable"><code>key_list</code></em> }; ]
   [ unix ...; ]
};
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="controls_statement_definition_and_usage"></a><span><strong class="command">controls</strong></span> Statement Definition and
          Usage</h3></div></div></div>
<p>
          The <span><strong class="command">controls</strong></span> statement declares control
          channels to be used by system administrators to control the
          operation of the name server. These control channels are
          used by the <span><strong class="command">rndc</strong></span> utility to send
          commands to and retrieve non-DNS results from a name server.
        </p>
<p>
          An <span><strong class="command">inet</strong></span> control channel is a TCP socket
          listening at the specified <span><strong class="command">ip_port</strong></span> on the
          specified <span><strong class="command">ip_addr</strong></span>, which can be an IPv4 or IPv6
          address.  An <span><strong class="command">ip_addr</strong></span> of <code class="literal">*</code> (asterisk) is
          interpreted as the IPv4 wildcard address; connections will be
          accepted on any of the system's IPv4 addresses.
          To listen on the IPv6 wildcard address,
          use an <span><strong class="command">ip_addr</strong></span> of <code class="literal">::</code>.
          If you will only use <span><strong class="command">rndc</strong></span> on the local host,
          using the loopback address (<code class="literal">127.0.0.1</code>
          or <code class="literal">::1</code>) is recommended for maximum security.
        </p>
<p>
          If no port is specified, port 953 is used. The asterisk
          "<code class="literal">*</code>" cannot be used for <span><strong class="command">ip_port</strong></span>.
        </p>
<p>
          The ability to issue commands over the control channel is
          restricted by the <span><strong class="command">allow</strong></span> and
          <span><strong class="command">keys</strong></span> clauses.
          Connections to the control channel are permitted based on the
          <span><strong class="command">address_match_list</strong></span>.  This is for simple
          IP address based filtering only; any <span><strong class="command">key_id</strong></span>
          elements of the <span><strong class="command">address_match_list</strong></span>
          are ignored.
        </p>
<p>
          A <span><strong class="command">unix</strong></span> control channel is a UNIX domain
          socket listening at the specified path in the file system.
          Access to the socket is specified by the <span><strong class="command">perm</strong></span>,
          <span><strong class="command">owner</strong></span> and <span><strong class="command">group</strong></span> clauses.
          Note on some platforms (SunOS and Solaris) the permissions
          (<span><strong class="command">perm</strong></span>) are applied to the parent directory
          as the permissions on the socket itself are ignored.
        </p>
<p>
          The primary authorization mechanism of the command
          channel is the <span><strong class="command">key_list</strong></span>, which
          contains a list of <span><strong class="command">key_id</strong></span>s.
          Each <span><strong class="command">key_id</strong></span> in the <span><strong class="command">key_list</strong></span>
          is authorized to execute commands over the control channel.
          See <a href="Bv9ARM.ch03.html#rndc">Remote Name Daemon Control application</a> in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch03.html#admin_tools" title="Administrative Tools">the section called &#8220;Administrative Tools&#8221;</a>)
          for information about configuring keys in <span><strong class="command">rndc</strong></span>.
        </p>
<p>
          If no <span><strong class="command">controls</strong></span> statement is present,
          <span><strong class="command">named</strong></span> will set up a default
          control channel listening on the loopback address 127.0.0.1
          and its IPv6 counterpart ::1.
          In this case, and also when the <span><strong class="command">controls</strong></span> statement
          is present but does not have a <span><strong class="command">keys</strong></span> clause,
          <span><strong class="command">named</strong></span> will attempt to load the command channel key
          from the file <code class="filename">rndc.key</code> in
          <code class="filename">/etc</code> (or whatever <code class="varname">sysconfdir</code>
          was specified as when <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> was built).
          To create a <code class="filename">rndc.key</code> file, run
          <strong class="userinput"><code>rndc-confgen -a</code></strong>.
        </p>
<p>
          The <code class="filename">rndc.key</code> feature was created to
          ease the transition of systems from <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 8,
          which did not have digital signatures on its command channel
          messages and thus did not have a <span><strong class="command">keys</strong></span> clause.

          It makes it possible to use an existing <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 8
          configuration file in <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9 unchanged,
          and still have <span><strong class="command">rndc</strong></span> work the same way
          <span><strong class="command">ndc</strong></span> worked in BIND 8, simply by executing the
          command <strong class="userinput"><code>rndc-confgen -a</code></strong> after BIND 9 is
          installed.
        </p>
<p>
          Since the <code class="filename">rndc.key</code> feature
          is only intended to allow the backward-compatible usage of
          <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 8 configuration files, this
          feature does not
          have a high degree of configurability.  You cannot easily change
          the key name or the size of the secret, so you should make a
          <code class="filename">rndc.conf</code> with your own key if you
          wish to change
          those things.  The <code class="filename">rndc.key</code> file
          also has its
          permissions set such that only the owner of the file (the user that
          <span><strong class="command">named</strong></span> is running as) can access it.
          If you
          desire greater flexibility in allowing other users to access
          <span><strong class="command">rndc</strong></span> commands, then you need to create
          a
          <code class="filename">rndc.conf</code> file and make it group
          readable by a group
          that contains the users who should have access.
        </p>
<p>
          To disable the command channel, use an empty
          <span><strong class="command">controls</strong></span> statement:
          <span><strong class="command">controls { };</strong></span>.
        </p>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="id2574736"></a><span><strong class="command">include</strong></span> Statement Grammar</h3></div></div></div>
<pre class="programlisting"><span><strong class="command">include</strong></span> <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em>;</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="id2574753"></a><span><strong class="command">include</strong></span> Statement Definition and
          Usage</h3></div></div></div>
<p>
          The <span><strong class="command">include</strong></span> statement inserts the
          specified file at the point where the <span><strong class="command">include</strong></span>
          statement is encountered. The <span><strong class="command">include</strong></span>
                statement facilitates the administration of configuration
          files
          by permitting the reading or writing of some things but not
          others. For example, the statement could include private keys
          that are readable only by the name server.
        </p>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="id2574776"></a><span><strong class="command">key</strong></span> Statement Grammar</h3></div></div></div>
<pre class="programlisting"><span><strong class="command">key</strong></span> <em class="replaceable"><code>key_id</code></em> {
    algorithm <em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em>;
    secret <em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em>;
};
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="id2574800"></a><span><strong class="command">key</strong></span> Statement Definition and Usage</h3></div></div></div>
<p>
          The <span><strong class="command">key</strong></span> statement defines a shared
          secret key for use with TSIG (see <a href="Bv9ARM.ch04.html#tsig" title="TSIG">the section called &#8220;TSIG&#8221;</a>)
          or the command channel
          (see <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#controls_statement_definition_and_usage" title="controls Statement Definition and
          Usage">the section called &#8220;<span><strong class="command">controls</strong></span> Statement Definition and
          Usage&#8221;</a>).
        </p>
<p>
          The <span><strong class="command">key</strong></span> statement can occur at the
          top level
          of the configuration file or inside a <span><strong class="command">view</strong></span>
          statement.  Keys defined in top-level <span><strong class="command">key</strong></span>
          statements can be used in all views.  Keys intended for use in
          a <span><strong class="command">controls</strong></span> statement
          (see <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#controls_statement_definition_and_usage" title="controls Statement Definition and
          Usage">the section called &#8220;<span><strong class="command">controls</strong></span> Statement Definition and
          Usage&#8221;</a>)
          must be defined at the top level.
        </p>
<p>
          The <em class="replaceable"><code>key_id</code></em>, also known as the
          key name, is a domain name uniquely identifying the key. It can
          be used in a <span><strong class="command">server</strong></span>
          statement to cause requests sent to that
          server to be signed with this key, or in address match lists to
          verify that incoming requests have been signed with a key
          matching this name, algorithm, and secret.
        </p>
<p>
          The <em class="replaceable"><code>algorithm_id</code></em> is a string
          that specifies a security/authentication algorithm.  Named
          supports <code class="literal">hmac-md5</code>,
          <code class="literal">hmac-sha1</code>, <code class="literal">hmac-sha224</code>,
          <code class="literal">hmac-sha256</code>, <code class="literal">hmac-sha384</code>
          and <code class="literal">hmac-sha512</code> TSIG authentication.
          Truncated hashes are supported by appending the minimum
          number of required bits preceded by a dash, e.g.
          <code class="literal">hmac-sha1-80</code>.  The
          <em class="replaceable"><code>secret_string</code></em> is the secret
          to be used by the algorithm, and is treated as a base-64
          encoded string.
        </p>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="id2574958"></a><span><strong class="command">logging</strong></span> Statement Grammar</h3></div></div></div>
<pre class="programlisting"><span><strong class="command">logging</strong></span> {
   [ <span><strong class="command">channel</strong></span> <em class="replaceable"><code>channel_name</code></em> {
     ( <span><strong class="command">file</strong></span> <em class="replaceable"><code>path name</code></em>
         [ <span><strong class="command">versions</strong></span> ( <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> | <span><strong class="command">unlimited</strong></span> ) ]
         [ <span><strong class="command">size</strong></span> <em class="replaceable"><code>size spec</code></em> ]
       | <span><strong class="command">syslog</strong></span> <em class="replaceable"><code>syslog_facility</code></em>
       | <span><strong class="command">stderr</strong></span>
       | <span><strong class="command">null</strong></span> );
     [ <span><strong class="command">severity</strong></span> (<code class="option">critical</code> | <code class="option">error</code> | <code class="option">warning</code> | <code class="option">notice</code> |
                 <code class="option">info</code> | <code class="option">debug</code> [ <em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> ] | <code class="option">dynamic</code> ); ]
     [ <span><strong class="command">print-category</strong></span> <code class="option">yes</code> or <code class="option">no</code>; ]
     [ <span><strong class="command">print-severity</strong></span> <code class="option">yes</code> or <code class="option">no</code>; ]
     [ <span><strong class="command">print-time</strong></span> <code class="option">yes</code> or <code class="option">no</code>; ]
   }; ]
   [ <span><strong class="command">category</strong></span> <em class="replaceable"><code>category_name</code></em> {
     <em class="replaceable"><code>channel_name</code></em> ; [ <em class="replaceable"><code>channel_name</code></em> ; ... ]
   }; ]
   ...
};
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="id2575084"></a><span><strong class="command">logging</strong></span> Statement Definition and
          Usage</h3></div></div></div>
<p>
          The <span><strong class="command">logging</strong></span> statement configures a
          wide
          variety of logging options for the name server. Its <span><strong class="command">channel</strong></span> phrase
          associates output methods, format options and severity levels with
          a name that can then be used with the <span><strong class="command">category</strong></span> phrase
          to select how various classes of messages are logged.
        </p>
<p>
          Only one <span><strong class="command">logging</strong></span> statement is used to
          define
          as many channels and categories as are wanted. If there is no <span><strong class="command">logging</strong></span> statement,
          the logging configuration will be:
        </p>
<pre class="programlisting">logging {
     category default { default_syslog; default_debug; };
     category unmatched { null; };
};
</pre>
<p>
          In <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9, the logging configuration
          is only established when
          the entire configuration file has been parsed.  In <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 8, it was
          established as soon as the <span><strong class="command">logging</strong></span>
          statement
          was parsed. When the server is starting up, all logging messages
          regarding syntax errors in the configuration file go to the default
          channels, or to standard error if the "<code class="option">-g</code>" option
          was specified.
        </p>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="id2575137"></a>The <span><strong class="command">channel</strong></span> Phrase</h4></div></div></div>
<p>
            All log output goes to one or more <span class="emphasis"><em>channels</em></span>;
            you can make as many of them as you want.
          </p>
<p>
            Every channel definition must include a destination clause that
            says whether messages selected for the channel go to a file, to a
            particular syslog facility, to the standard error stream, or are
            discarded. It can optionally also limit the message severity level
            that will be accepted by the channel (the default is
            <span><strong class="command">info</strong></span>), and whether to include a
            <span><strong class="command">named</strong></span>-generated time stamp, the
            category name
            and/or severity level (the default is not to include any).
          </p>
<p>
            The <span><strong class="command">null</strong></span> destination clause
            causes all messages sent to the channel to be discarded;
            in that case, other options for the channel are meaningless.
          </p>
<p>
            The <span><strong class="command">file</strong></span> destination clause directs
            the channel
            to a disk file.  It can include limitations
            both on how large the file is allowed to become, and how many
            versions
            of the file will be saved each time the file is opened.
          </p>
<p>
            If you use the <span><strong class="command">versions</strong></span> log file
            option, then
            <span><strong class="command">named</strong></span> will retain that many backup
            versions of the file by
            renaming them when opening.  For example, if you choose to keep
            three old versions
            of the file <code class="filename">lamers.log</code>, then just
            before it is opened
            <code class="filename">lamers.log.1</code> is renamed to
            <code class="filename">lamers.log.2</code>, <code class="filename">lamers.log.0</code> is renamed
            to <code class="filename">lamers.log.1</code>, and <code class="filename">lamers.log</code> is
            renamed to <code class="filename">lamers.log.0</code>.
            You can say <span><strong class="command">versions unlimited</strong></span> to
            not limit
            the number of versions.
            If a <span><strong class="command">size</strong></span> option is associated with
            the log file,
            then renaming is only done when the file being opened exceeds the
            indicated size.  No backup versions are kept by default; any
            existing
            log file is simply appended.
          </p>
<p>
            The <span><strong class="command">size</strong></span> option for files is used
            to limit log
            growth. If the file ever exceeds the size, then <span><strong class="command">named</strong></span> will
            stop writing to the file unless it has a <span><strong class="command">versions</strong></span> option
            associated with it.  If backup versions are kept, the files are
            rolled as
            described above and a new one begun.  If there is no
            <span><strong class="command">versions</strong></span> option, no more data will
            be written to the log
            until some out-of-band mechanism removes or truncates the log to
            less than the
            maximum size.  The default behavior is not to limit the size of
            the
            file.
          </p>
<p>
            Example usage of the <span><strong class="command">size</strong></span> and
            <span><strong class="command">versions</strong></span> options:
          </p>
<pre class="programlisting">channel an_example_channel {
    file "example.log" versions 3 size 20m;
    print-time yes;
    print-category yes;
};
</pre>
<p>
            The <span><strong class="command">syslog</strong></span> destination clause
            directs the
            channel to the system log.  Its argument is a
            syslog facility as described in the <span><strong class="command">syslog</strong></span> man
            page. Known facilities are <span><strong class="command">kern</strong></span>, <span><strong class="command">user</strong></span>,
            <span><strong class="command">mail</strong></span>, <span><strong class="command">daemon</strong></span>, <span><strong class="command">auth</strong></span>,
            <span><strong class="command">syslog</strong></span>, <span><strong class="command">lpr</strong></span>, <span><strong class="command">news</strong></span>,
            <span><strong class="command">uucp</strong></span>, <span><strong class="command">cron</strong></span>, <span><strong class="command">authpriv</strong></span>,
            <span><strong class="command">ftp</strong></span>, <span><strong class="command">local0</strong></span>, <span><strong class="command">local1</strong></span>,
            <span><strong class="command">local2</strong></span>, <span><strong class="command">local3</strong></span>, <span><strong class="command">local4</strong></span>,
            <span><strong class="command">local5</strong></span>, <span><strong class="command">local6</strong></span> and
            <span><strong class="command">local7</strong></span>, however not all facilities
            are supported on
            all operating systems.
            How <span><strong class="command">syslog</strong></span> will handle messages
            sent to
            this facility is described in the <span><strong class="command">syslog.conf</strong></span> man
            page. If you have a system which uses a very old version of <span><strong class="command">syslog</strong></span> that
            only uses two arguments to the <span><strong class="command">openlog()</strong></span> function,
            then this clause is silently ignored.
          </p>
<p>
            The <span><strong class="command">severity</strong></span> clause works like <span><strong class="command">syslog</strong></span>'s
            "priorities", except that they can also be used if you are writing
            straight to a file rather than using <span><strong class="command">syslog</strong></span>.
            Messages which are not at least of the severity level given will
            not be selected for the channel; messages of higher severity
            levels
            will be accepted.
          </p>
<p>
            If you are using <span><strong class="command">syslog</strong></span>, then the <span><strong class="command">syslog.conf</strong></span> priorities
            will also determine what eventually passes through. For example,
            defining a channel facility and severity as <span><strong class="command">daemon</strong></span> and <span><strong class="command">debug</strong></span> but
            only logging <span><strong class="command">daemon.warning</strong></span> via <span><strong class="command">syslog.conf</strong></span> will
            cause messages of severity <span><strong class="command">info</strong></span> and
            <span><strong class="command">notice</strong></span> to
            be dropped. If the situation were reversed, with <span><strong class="command">named</strong></span> writing
            messages of only <span><strong class="command">warning</strong></span> or higher,
            then <span><strong class="command">syslogd</strong></span> would
            print all messages it received from the channel.
          </p>
<p>
            The <span><strong class="command">stderr</strong></span> destination clause
            directs the
            channel to the server's standard error stream.  This is intended
            for
            use when the server is running as a foreground process, for
            example
            when debugging a configuration.
          </p>
<p>
            The server can supply extensive debugging information when
            it is in debugging mode. If the server's global debug level is
            greater
            than zero, then debugging mode will be active. The global debug
            level is set either by starting the <span><strong class="command">named</strong></span> server
            with the <code class="option">-d</code> flag followed by a positive integer,
            or by running <span><strong class="command">rndc trace</strong></span>.
            The global debug level
            can be set to zero, and debugging mode turned off, by running <span><strong class="command">rndc
notrace</strong></span>. All debugging messages in the server have a debug
            level, and higher debug levels give more detailed output. Channels
            that specify a specific debug severity, for example:
          </p>
<pre class="programlisting">channel specific_debug_level {
    file "foo";
    severity debug 3;
};
</pre>
<p>
            will get debugging output of level 3 or less any time the
            server is in debugging mode, regardless of the global debugging
            level. Channels with <span><strong class="command">dynamic</strong></span>
            severity use the
            server's global debug level to determine what messages to print.
          </p>
<p>
            If <span><strong class="command">print-time</strong></span> has been turned on,
            then
            the date and time will be logged. <span><strong class="command">print-time</strong></span> may
            be specified for a <span><strong class="command">syslog</strong></span> channel,
            but is usually
            pointless since <span><strong class="command">syslog</strong></span> also prints
            the date and
            time. If <span><strong class="command">print-category</strong></span> is
            requested, then the
            category of the message will be logged as well. Finally, if <span><strong class="command">print-severity</strong></span> is
            on, then the severity level of the message will be logged. The <span><strong class="command">print-</strong></span> options may
            be used in any combination, and will always be printed in the
            following
            order: time, category, severity. Here is an example where all
            three <span><strong class="command">print-</strong></span> options
            are on:
          </p>
<p>
            <code class="computeroutput">28-Feb-2000 15:05:32.863 general: notice: running</code>
          </p>
<p>
            There are four predefined channels that are used for
            <span><strong class="command">named</strong></span>'s default logging as follows.
            How they are
            used is described in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#the_category_phrase" title="The category Phrase">the section called &#8220;The <span><strong class="command">category</strong></span> Phrase&#8221;</a>.
          </p>
<pre class="programlisting">channel default_syslog {
    syslog daemon;                      // send to syslog's daemon
                                        // facility
    severity info;                      // only send priority info
                                        // and higher
};

channel default_debug {
    file "named.run";                   // write to named.run in
                                        // the working directory
                                        // Note: stderr is used instead
                                        // of "named.run"
                                        // if the server is started
                                        // with the '-f' option.
    severity dynamic;                   // log at the server's
                                        // current debug level
};

channel default_stderr {
    stderr;                             // writes to stderr
    severity info;                      // only send priority info
                                        // and higher
};

channel null {
   null;                                // toss anything sent to
                                        // this channel
};
</pre>
<p>
            The <span><strong class="command">default_debug</strong></span> channel has the
            special
            property that it only produces output when the server's debug
            level is
            nonzero.  It normally writes to a file called <code class="filename">named.run</code>
            in the server's working directory.
          </p>
<p>
            For security reasons, when the "<code class="option">-u</code>"
            command line option is used, the <code class="filename">named.run</code> file
            is created only after <span><strong class="command">named</strong></span> has
            changed to the
            new UID, and any debug output generated while <span><strong class="command">named</strong></span> is
            starting up and still running as root is discarded.  If you need
            to capture this output, you must run the server with the "<code class="option">-g</code>"
            option and redirect standard error to a file.
          </p>
<p>
            Once a channel is defined, it cannot be redefined. Thus you
            cannot alter the built-in channels directly, but you can modify
            the default logging by pointing categories at channels you have
            defined.
          </p>
</div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="the_category_phrase"></a>The <span><strong class="command">category</strong></span> Phrase</h4></div></div></div>
<p>
            There are many categories, so you can send the logs you want
            to see wherever you want, without seeing logs you don't want. If
            you don't specify a list of channels for a category, then log
            messages
            in that category will be sent to the <span><strong class="command">default</strong></span> category
            instead. If you don't specify a default category, the following
            "default default" is used:
          </p>
<pre class="programlisting">category default { default_syslog; default_debug; };
</pre>
<p>
            As an example, let's say you want to log security events to
            a file, but you also want keep the default logging behavior. You'd
            specify the following:
          </p>
<pre class="programlisting">channel my_security_channel {
    file "my_security_file";
    severity info;
};
category security {
    my_security_channel;
    default_syslog;
    default_debug;
};</pre>
<p>
            To discard all messages in a category, specify the <span><strong class="command">null</strong></span> channel:
          </p>
<pre class="programlisting">category xfer-out { null; };
category notify { null; };
</pre>
<p>
            Following are the available categories and brief descriptions
            of the types of log information they contain. More
            categories may be added in future <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> releases.
          </p>
<div class="informaltable"><table border="1">
<colgroup>
<col>
<col>
</colgroup>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">default</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      The default category defines the logging
                      options for those categories where no specific
                      configuration has been
                      defined.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">general</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      The catch-all. Many things still aren't
                      classified into categories, and they all end up here.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">database</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      Messages relating to the databases used
                      internally by the name server to store zone and cache
                      data.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">security</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      Approval and denial of requests.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">config</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      Configuration file parsing and processing.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">resolver</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      DNS resolution, such as the recursive
                      lookups performed on behalf of clients by a caching name
                      server.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">xfer-in</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      Zone transfers the server is receiving.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">xfer-out</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      Zone transfers the server is sending.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">notify</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      The NOTIFY protocol.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">client</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      Processing of client requests.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">unmatched</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      Messages that named was unable to determine the
                      class of or for which there was no matching <span><strong class="command">view</strong></span>.
                      A one line summary is also logged to the <span><strong class="command">client</strong></span> category.
                      This category is best sent to a file or stderr, by
                      default it is sent to
                      the <span><strong class="command">null</strong></span> channel.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">network</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      Network operations.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">update</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      Dynamic updates.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">update-security</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      Approval and denial of update requests.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">queries</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      Specify where queries should be logged to.
                    </p>
                    <p>
                      At startup, specifying the category <span><strong class="command">queries</strong></span> will also
                      enable query logging unless <span><strong class="command">querylog</strong></span> option has been
                      specified.
                    </p>
                    <p>
                      The query log entry reports the client's IP address and
                      port number, and the
                      query name, class and type.  It also reports whether the
                      Recursion Desired
                      flag was set (+ if set, - if not set), EDNS was in use
                      (E) or if the
                      query was signed (S).
                    </p>
                    <p>
                      <code class="computeroutput">client 127.0.0.1#62536: query: www.example.com IN AAAA +SE</code>
                    </p>
                    <p>
                      <code class="computeroutput">client ::1#62537: query: www.example.net IN AAAA -SE</code>
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">dispatch</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      Dispatching of incoming packets to the
                      server modules where they are to be processed.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">dnssec</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      DNSSEC and TSIG protocol processing.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">lame-servers</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      Lame servers.  These are misconfigurations
                      in remote servers, discovered by BIND 9 when trying to
                      query
                      those servers during resolution.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">delegation-only</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      Delegation only.  Logs queries that have have
                      been forced to NXDOMAIN as the result of a
                      delegation-only zone or
                      a <span><strong class="command">delegation-only</strong></span> in a
                      hint or stub zone declaration.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="id2576435"></a><span><strong class="command">lwres</strong></span> Statement Grammar</h3></div></div></div>
<p>
           This is the grammar of the <span><strong class="command">lwres</strong></span>
          statement in the <code class="filename">named.conf</code> file:
        </p>
<pre class="programlisting"><span><strong class="command">lwres</strong></span> {
    [<span class="optional"> listen-on { <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_addr</code></em> [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; [<span class="optional"> <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_addr</code></em> [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; ... </span>] }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> view <em class="replaceable"><code>view_name</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> search { <em class="replaceable"><code>domain_name</code></em> ; [<span class="optional"> <em class="replaceable"><code>domain_name</code></em> ; ... </span>] }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> ndots <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em>; </span>]
};
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="id2576508"></a><span><strong class="command">lwres</strong></span> Statement Definition and Usage</h3></div></div></div>
<p>
          The <span><strong class="command">lwres</strong></span> statement configures the
          name
          server to also act as a lightweight resolver server. (See
          <a href="Bv9ARM.ch05.html#lwresd" title="Running a Resolver Daemon">the section called &#8220;Running a Resolver Daemon&#8221;</a>.)  There may be multiple
          <span><strong class="command">lwres</strong></span> statements configuring
          lightweight resolver servers with different properties.
        </p>
<p>
          The <span><strong class="command">listen-on</strong></span> statement specifies a
          list of
          addresses (and ports) that this instance of a lightweight resolver
          daemon
          should accept requests on.  If no port is specified, port 921 is
          used.
          If this statement is omitted, requests will be accepted on
          127.0.0.1,
          port 921.
        </p>
<p>
          The <span><strong class="command">view</strong></span> statement binds this
          instance of a
          lightweight resolver daemon to a view in the DNS namespace, so that
          the
          response will be constructed in the same manner as a normal DNS
          query
          matching this view.  If this statement is omitted, the default view
          is
          used, and if there is no default view, an error is triggered.
        </p>
<p>
          The <span><strong class="command">search</strong></span> statement is equivalent to
          the
          <span><strong class="command">search</strong></span> statement in
          <code class="filename">/etc/resolv.conf</code>.  It provides a
          list of domains
          which are appended to relative names in queries.
        </p>
<p>
          The <span><strong class="command">ndots</strong></span> statement is equivalent to
          the
          <span><strong class="command">ndots</strong></span> statement in
          <code class="filename">/etc/resolv.conf</code>.  It indicates the
          minimum
          number of dots in a relative domain name that should result in an
          exact match lookup before search path elements are appended.
        </p>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="id2576572"></a><span><strong class="command">masters</strong></span> Statement Grammar</h3></div></div></div>
<pre class="programlisting">
<span><strong class="command">masters</strong></span> <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] { ( <em class="replaceable"><code>masters_list</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_addr</code></em> [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] [<span class="optional">key <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em></span>] ) ; [<span class="optional">...</span>] };
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="id2576616"></a><span><strong class="command">masters</strong></span> Statement Definition and
          Usage</h3></div></div></div>
<p><span><strong class="command">masters</strong></span>
          lists allow for a common set of masters to be easily used by
          multiple stub and slave zones.
        </p>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="id2576631"></a><span><strong class="command">options</strong></span> Statement Grammar</h3></div></div></div>
<p>
          This is the grammar of the <span><strong class="command">options</strong></span>
          statement in the <code class="filename">named.conf</code> file:
        </p>
<pre class="programlisting"><span><strong class="command">options</strong></span> {
    [<span class="optional"> version <em class="replaceable"><code>version_string</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> hostname <em class="replaceable"><code>hostname_string</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> server-id <em class="replaceable"><code>server_id_string</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> directory <em class="replaceable"><code>path_name</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> key-directory <em class="replaceable"><code>path_name</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> named-xfer <em class="replaceable"><code>path_name</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> tkey-domain <em class="replaceable"><code>domainname</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> tkey-dhkey <em class="replaceable"><code>key_name</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>key_tag</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> cache-file <em class="replaceable"><code>path_name</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> dump-file <em class="replaceable"><code>path_name</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> memstatistics-file <em class="replaceable"><code>path_name</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> pid-file <em class="replaceable"><code>path_name</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> recursing-file <em class="replaceable"><code>path_name</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> statistics-file <em class="replaceable"><code>path_name</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> zone-statistics <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> auth-nxdomain <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> deallocate-on-exit <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> dialup <em class="replaceable"><code>dialup_option</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> fake-iquery <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> fetch-glue <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> flush-zones-on-shutdown <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> has-old-clients <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> host-statistics <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> host-statistics-max <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> minimal-responses <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> multiple-cnames <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> notify <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>explicit</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>master-only</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> recursion <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> rfc2308-type1 <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> use-id-pool <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> maintain-ixfr-base <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> dnssec-enable <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> dnssec-validation <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> dnssec-lookaside <em class="replaceable"><code>domain</code></em> trust-anchor <em class="replaceable"><code>domain</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> dnssec-must-be-secure <em class="replaceable"><code>domain yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> dnssec-accept-expired <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> forward ( <em class="replaceable"><code>only</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>first</code></em> ); </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> forwarders { [<span class="optional"> <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_addr</code></em> [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; ... </span>] }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> dual-stack-servers [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] {
        ( <em class="replaceable"><code>domain_name</code></em> [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] |
          <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_addr</code></em> [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ) ; 
        ... }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> check-names ( <em class="replaceable"><code>master</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>slave</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>response</code></em> )
        ( <em class="replaceable"><code>warn</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>fail</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>ignore</code></em> ); </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> check-mx ( <em class="replaceable"><code>warn</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>fail</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>ignore</code></em> ); </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> check-wildcard <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> check-integrity <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> check-mx-cname ( <em class="replaceable"><code>warn</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>fail</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>ignore</code></em> ); </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> check-srv-cname ( <em class="replaceable"><code>warn</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>fail</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>ignore</code></em> ); </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> check-sibling <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> allow-notify { <em class="replaceable"><code>address_match_list</code></em> }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> allow-query { <em class="replaceable"><code>address_match_list</code></em> }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> allow-query-cache { <em class="replaceable"><code>address_match_list</code></em> }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> allow-transfer { <em class="replaceable"><code>address_match_list</code></em> }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> allow-recursion { <em class="replaceable"><code>address_match_list</code></em> }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> allow-update { <em class="replaceable"><code>address_match_list</code></em> }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> allow-update-forwarding { <em class="replaceable"><code>address_match_list</code></em> }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> update-check-ksk <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> allow-v6-synthesis { <em class="replaceable"><code>address_match_list</code></em> }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> blackhole { <em class="replaceable"><code>address_match_list</code></em> }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> use-v4-udp-ports { <em class="replaceable"><code>port_list</code></em> }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> avoid-v4-udp-ports { <em class="replaceable"><code>port_list</code></em> }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> use-v6-udp-ports { <em class="replaceable"><code>port_list</code></em> }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> avoid-v6-udp-ports { <em class="replaceable"><code>port_list</code></em> }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> listen-on [<span class="optional"> port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em> </span>] { <em class="replaceable"><code>address_match_list</code></em> }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> listen-on-v6 [<span class="optional"> port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em> </span>] { <em class="replaceable"><code>address_match_list</code></em> }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> query-source ( ( <em class="replaceable"><code>ip4_addr</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em> )
        [<span class="optional"> port ( <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em> ) </span>] |
        [<span class="optional"> address ( <em class="replaceable"><code>ip4_addr</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em> ) </span>]
        [<span class="optional"> port ( <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em> ) </span>] ) ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> query-source-v6 ( ( <em class="replaceable"><code>ip6_addr</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em> )
        [<span class="optional"> port ( <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em> ) </span>] | 
        [<span class="optional"> address ( <em class="replaceable"><code>ip6_addr</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em> ) </span>] 
        [<span class="optional"> port ( <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em> ) </span>] ) ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-transfer-time-in <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-transfer-time-out <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-transfer-idle-in <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-transfer-idle-out <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> tcp-clients <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> reserved-sockets <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> recursive-clients <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> serial-query-rate <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> serial-queries <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> tcp-listen-queue <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> transfer-format <em class="replaceable"><code>( one-answer | many-answers )</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> transfers-in  <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> transfers-out <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> transfers-per-ns <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> transfer-source (<em class="replaceable"><code>ip4_addr</code></em> | <code class="constant">*</code>) [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> transfer-source-v6 (<em class="replaceable"><code>ip6_addr</code></em> | <code class="constant">*</code>) [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> alt-transfer-source (<em class="replaceable"><code>ip4_addr</code></em> | <code class="constant">*</code>) [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> alt-transfer-source-v6 (<em class="replaceable"><code>ip6_addr</code></em> | <code class="constant">*</code>) [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> use-alt-transfer-source <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> notify-delay <em class="replaceable"><code>seconds</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> notify-source (<em class="replaceable"><code>ip4_addr</code></em> | <code class="constant">*</code>) [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> notify-source-v6 (<em class="replaceable"><code>ip6_addr</code></em> | <code class="constant">*</code>) [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> also-notify { <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_addr</code></em> [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; [<span class="optional"> <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_addr</code></em> [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; ... </span>] }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-ixfr-log-size <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-journal-size <em class="replaceable"><code>size_spec</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> coresize <em class="replaceable"><code>size_spec</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> datasize <em class="replaceable"><code>size_spec</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> files <em class="replaceable"><code>size_spec</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> stacksize <em class="replaceable"><code>size_spec</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> cleaning-interval <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> heartbeat-interval <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> interface-interval <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> statistics-interval <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> topology { <em class="replaceable"><code>address_match_list</code></em> }</span>];
    [<span class="optional"> sortlist { <em class="replaceable"><code>address_match_list</code></em> }</span>];
    [<span class="optional"> rrset-order { <em class="replaceable"><code>order_spec</code></em> ; [<span class="optional"> <em class="replaceable"><code>order_spec</code></em> ; ... </span>] </span>] };
    [<span class="optional"> lame-ttl <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-ncache-ttl <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-cache-ttl <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> sig-validity-interval <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> min-roots <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> use-ixfr <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> provide-ixfr <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> request-ixfr <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> treat-cr-as-space <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> min-refresh-time <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-refresh-time <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> min-retry-time <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-retry-time <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> additional-from-auth <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> additional-from-cache <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> random-device <em class="replaceable"><code>path_name</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-cache-size <em class="replaceable"><code>size_spec</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> match-mapped-addresses <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> preferred-glue ( <em class="replaceable"><code>A</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>AAAA</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>NONE</code></em> ); </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> edns-udp-size <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-udp-size <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> root-delegation-only [<span class="optional"> exclude { <em class="replaceable"><code>namelist</code></em> } </span>] ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> querylog <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> disable-algorithms <em class="replaceable"><code>domain</code></em> { <em class="replaceable"><code>algorithm</code></em>; [<span class="optional"> <em class="replaceable"><code>algorithm</code></em>; </span>] }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> acache-enable <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> acache-cleaning-interval <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-acache-size <em class="replaceable"><code>size_spec</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> clients-per-query <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-clients-per-query <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> masterfile-format (<code class="constant">text</code>|<code class="constant">raw</code>) ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> empty-server <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> empty-contact <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> empty-zones-enable <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> disable-empty-zone <em class="replaceable"><code>zone_name</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> zero-no-soa-ttl <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> zero-no-soa-ttl-cache <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> ; </span>]
};
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="options"></a><span><strong class="command">options</strong></span> Statement Definition and
          Usage</h3></div></div></div>
<p>
          The <span><strong class="command">options</strong></span> statement sets up global
          options
          to be used by <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym>. This statement
          may appear only
          once in a configuration file. If there is no <span><strong class="command">options</strong></span>
          statement, an options block with each option set to its default will
          be used.
        </p>
<div class="variablelist"><dl>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">directory</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                The working directory of the server.
                Any non-absolute pathnames in the configuration file will be
                taken
                as relative to this directory. The default location for most
                server
                output files (e.g. <code class="filename">named.run</code>)
                is this directory.
                If a directory is not specified, the working directory
                defaults to `<code class="filename">.</code>', the directory from
                which the server
                was started. The directory specified should be an absolute
                path.
              </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">key-directory</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                When performing dynamic update of secure zones, the
                directory where the public and private key files should be
                found,
                if different than the current working directory.  The
                directory specified
                must be an absolute path.
              </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">named-xfer</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                <span class="emphasis"><em>This option is obsolete.</em></span>
                It was used in <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 8 to
                specify the pathname to the <span><strong class="command">named-xfer</strong></span> program.
                In <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9, no separate <span><strong class="command">named-xfer</strong></span> program is
                needed; its functionality is built into the name server.
              </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">tkey-domain</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                The domain appended to the names of all
                shared keys generated with
                <span><strong class="command">TKEY</strong></span>. When a client
                requests a <span><strong class="command">TKEY</strong></span> exchange, it
                may or may not specify
                the desired name for the key. If present, the name of the
                shared
                key will be "<code class="varname">client specified part</code>" +
                "<code class="varname">tkey-domain</code>".
                Otherwise, the name of the shared key will be "<code class="varname">random hex
digits</code>" + "<code class="varname">tkey-domain</code>". In most cases,
                the <span><strong class="command">domainname</strong></span> should be the
                server's domain
                name.
              </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">tkey-dhkey</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                The Diffie-Hellman key used by the server
                to generate shared keys with clients using the Diffie-Hellman
                mode
                of <span><strong class="command">TKEY</strong></span>. The server must be
                able to load the
                public and private keys from files in the working directory.
                In
                most cases, the keyname should be the server's host name.
              </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">cache-file</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                This is for testing only.  Do not use.
              </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">dump-file</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                The pathname of the file the server dumps
                the database to when instructed to do so with
                <span><strong class="command">rndc dumpdb</strong></span>.
                If not specified, the default is <code class="filename">named_dump.db</code>.
              </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">memstatistics-file</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd>
<p>
                The pathname of the file the server writes memory
                usage statistics to on exit.  If specified the
                statistics will be written to the file on exit.
              </p>
<p>
                In <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9.5 and later this will
                default to <code class="filename">named.memstats</code>.
                <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9.5 will also introduce
                <span><strong class="command">memstatistics</strong></span> to control the
                writing.
              </p>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">pid-file</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                The pathname of the file the server writes its process ID
                in. If not specified, the default is <code class="filename">/var/run/named.pid</code>.
                The pid-file is used by programs that want to send signals to
                the running
                name server. Specifying <span><strong class="command">pid-file none</strong></span> disables the
                use of a PID file &#8212; no file will be written and any
                existing one will be removed.  Note that <span><strong class="command">none</strong></span>
                is a keyword, not a filename, and therefore is not enclosed
                in
                double quotes.
              </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">recursing-file</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                The pathname of the file the server dumps
                the queries that are currently recursing when instructed
                to do so with <span><strong class="command">rndc recursing</strong></span>.
                If not specified, the default is <code class="filename">named.recursing</code>.
              </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">statistics-file</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                The pathname of the file the server appends statistics
                to when instructed to do so using <span><strong class="command">rndc stats</strong></span>.
                If not specified, the default is <code class="filename">named.stats</code> in the
                server's current directory.  The format of the file is
                described
                in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#statsfile" title="The Statistics File">the section called &#8220;The Statistics File&#8221;</a>.
              </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">port</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                The UDP/TCP port number the server uses for
                receiving and sending DNS protocol traffic.
                The default is 53.  This option is mainly intended for server
                testing;
                a server using a port other than 53 will not be able to
                communicate with
                the global DNS.
              </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">random-device</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                The source of entropy to be used by the server.  Entropy is
                primarily needed
                for DNSSEC operations, such as TKEY transactions and dynamic
                update of signed
                zones.  This options specifies the device (or file) from which
                to read
                entropy.  If this is a file, operations requiring entropy will
                fail when the
                file has been exhausted.  If not specified, the default value
                is
                <code class="filename">/dev/random</code>
                (or equivalent) when present, and none otherwise.  The
                <span><strong class="command">random-device</strong></span> option takes
                effect during
                the initial configuration load at server startup time and
                is ignored on subsequent reloads.
              </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">preferred-glue</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                If specified, the listed type (A or AAAA) will be emitted
                before other glue
                in the additional section of a query response.
                The default is not to prefer any type (NONE).
              </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">root-delegation-only</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd>
<p>
                Turn on enforcement of delegation-only in TLDs (top level domains) and root zones
                with an optional
                exclude list.
              </p>
<p>
                Note some TLDs are not delegation only (e.g. "DE", "LV", "US"
                and "MUSEUM").
              </p>
<pre class="programlisting">
options {
        root-delegation-only exclude { "de"; "lv"; "us"; "museum"; };
};
</pre>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">disable-algorithms</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                Disable the specified DNSSEC algorithms at and below the
                specified name.
                Multiple <span><strong class="command">disable-algorithms</strong></span>
                statements are allowed.
                Only the most specific will be applied.
              </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">dnssec-lookaside</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                When set, <span><strong class="command">dnssec-lookaside</strong></span>
                provides the
                validator with an alternate method to validate DNSKEY records
                at the
                top of a zone.  When a DNSKEY is at or below a domain
                specified by the
                deepest <span><strong class="command">dnssec-lookaside</strong></span>, and
                the normal dnssec validation
                has left the key untrusted, the trust-anchor will be append to
                the key
                name and a DLV record will be looked up to see if it can
                validate the
                key.  If the DLV record validates a DNSKEY (similarly to the
                way a DS
                record does) the DNSKEY RRset is deemed to be trusted.
              </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">dnssec-must-be-secure</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                Specify hierarchies which must be or may not be secure (signed and
                validated).
                If <strong class="userinput"><code>yes</code></strong>, then named will only accept
                answers if they
                are secure.
                If <strong class="userinput"><code>no</code></strong>, then normal dnssec validation
                applies
                allowing for insecure answers to be accepted.
                The specified domain must be under a <span><strong class="command">trusted-key</strong></span> or
                <span><strong class="command">dnssec-lookaside</strong></span> must be
                active.
              </p></dd>
</dl></div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="boolean_options"></a>Boolean Options</h4></div></div></div>
<div class="variablelist"><dl>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">auth-nxdomain</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  If <strong class="userinput"><code>yes</code></strong>, then the <span><strong class="command">AA</strong></span> bit
                  is always set on NXDOMAIN responses, even if the server is
                  not actually
                  authoritative. The default is <strong class="userinput"><code>no</code></strong>;
                  this is
                  a change from <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 8. If you
                  are using very old DNS software, you
                  may need to set it to <strong class="userinput"><code>yes</code></strong>.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">deallocate-on-exit</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  This option was used in <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym>
                  8 to enable checking
                  for memory leaks on exit. <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9 ignores the option and always performs
                  the checks.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">dialup</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd>
<p>
                  If <strong class="userinput"><code>yes</code></strong>, then the
                  server treats all zones as if they are doing zone transfers
                  across
                  a dial-on-demand dialup link, which can be brought up by
                  traffic
                  originating from this server. This has different effects
                  according
                  to zone type and concentrates the zone maintenance so that
                  it all
                  happens in a short interval, once every <span><strong class="command">heartbeat-interval</strong></span> and
                  hopefully during the one call. It also suppresses some of
                  the normal
                  zone maintenance traffic. The default is <strong class="userinput"><code>no</code></strong>.
                </p>
<p>
                  The <span><strong class="command">dialup</strong></span> option
                  may also be specified in the <span><strong class="command">view</strong></span> and
                  <span><strong class="command">zone</strong></span> statements,
                  in which case it overrides the global <span><strong class="command">dialup</strong></span>
                  option.
                </p>
<p>
                  If the zone is a master zone, then the server will send out a
                  NOTIFY
                  request to all the slaves (default). This should trigger the
                  zone serial
                  number check in the slave (providing it supports NOTIFY)
                  allowing the slave
                  to verify the zone while the connection is active.
                  The set of servers to which NOTIFY is sent can be controlled
                  by
                  <span><strong class="command">notify</strong></span> and <span><strong class="command">also-notify</strong></span>.
                </p>
<p>
                  If the
                  zone is a slave or stub zone, then the server will suppress
                  the regular
                  "zone up to date" (refresh) queries and only perform them
                  when the
                  <span><strong class="command">heartbeat-interval</strong></span> expires in
                  addition to sending
                  NOTIFY requests.
                </p>
<p>
                  Finer control can be achieved by using
                  <strong class="userinput"><code>notify</code></strong> which only sends NOTIFY
                  messages,
                  <strong class="userinput"><code>notify-passive</code></strong> which sends NOTIFY
                  messages and
                  suppresses the normal refresh queries, <strong class="userinput"><code>refresh</code></strong>
                  which suppresses normal refresh processing and sends refresh
                  queries
                  when the <span><strong class="command">heartbeat-interval</strong></span>
                  expires, and
                  <strong class="userinput"><code>passive</code></strong> which just disables normal
                  refresh
                  processing.
                </p>
<div class="informaltable"><table border="1">
<colgroup>
<col>
<col>
<col>
<col>
</colgroup>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
                          <p>
                            dialup mode
                          </p>
                        </td>
<td>
                          <p>
                            normal refresh
                          </p>
                        </td>
<td>
                          <p>
                            heart-beat refresh
                          </p>
                        </td>
<td>
                          <p>
                            heart-beat notify
                          </p>
                        </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                          <p><span><strong class="command">no</strong></span> (default)</p>
                        </td>
<td>
                          <p>
                            yes
                          </p>
                        </td>
<td>
                          <p>
                            no
                          </p>
                        </td>
<td>
                          <p>
                            no
                          </p>
                        </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                          <p><span><strong class="command">yes</strong></span></p>
                        </td>
<td>
                          <p>
                            no
                          </p>
                        </td>
<td>
                          <p>
                            yes
                          </p>
                        </td>
<td>
                          <p>
                            yes
                          </p>
                        </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                          <p><span><strong class="command">notify</strong></span></p>
                        </td>
<td>
                          <p>
                            yes
                          </p>
                        </td>
<td>
                          <p>
                            no
                          </p>
                        </td>
<td>
                          <p>
                            yes
                          </p>
                        </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                          <p><span><strong class="command">refresh</strong></span></p>
                        </td>
<td>
                          <p>
                            no
                          </p>
                        </td>
<td>
                          <p>
                            yes
                          </p>
                        </td>
<td>
                          <p>
                            no
                          </p>
                        </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                          <p><span><strong class="command">passive</strong></span></p>
                        </td>
<td>
                          <p>
                            no
                          </p>
                        </td>
<td>
                          <p>
                            no
                          </p>
                        </td>
<td>
                          <p>
                            no
                          </p>
                        </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                          <p><span><strong class="command">notify-passive</strong></span></p>
                        </td>
<td>
                          <p>
                            no
                          </p>
                        </td>
<td>
                          <p>
                            no
                          </p>
                        </td>
<td>
                          <p>
                            yes
                          </p>
                        </td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table></div>
<p>
                  Note that normal NOTIFY processing is not affected by
                  <span><strong class="command">dialup</strong></span>.
                </p>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">fake-iquery</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  In <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 8, this option
                  enabled simulating the obsolete DNS query type
                  IQUERY. <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9 never does
                  IQUERY simulation.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">fetch-glue</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  This option is obsolete.
                  In BIND 8, <strong class="userinput"><code>fetch-glue yes</code></strong>
                  caused the server to attempt to fetch glue resource records
                  it
                  didn't have when constructing the additional
                  data section of a response.  This is now considered a bad
                  idea
                  and BIND 9 never does it.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">flush-zones-on-shutdown</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  When the nameserver exits due receiving SIGTERM,
                  flush or do not flush any pending zone writes.  The default
                  is
                  <span><strong class="command">flush-zones-on-shutdown</strong></span> <strong class="userinput"><code>no</code></strong>.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">has-old-clients</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  This option was incorrectly implemented
                  in <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 8, and is ignored by <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9.
                  To achieve the intended effect
                  of
                  <span><strong class="command">has-old-clients</strong></span> <strong class="userinput"><code>yes</code></strong>, specify
                  the two separate options <span><strong class="command">auth-nxdomain</strong></span> <strong class="userinput"><code>yes</code></strong>
                  and <span><strong class="command">rfc2308-type1</strong></span> <strong class="userinput"><code>no</code></strong> instead.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">host-statistics</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  In BIND 8, this enables keeping of
                  statistics for every host that the name server interacts
                  with.
                  Not implemented in BIND 9.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">maintain-ixfr-base</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  <span class="emphasis"><em>This option is obsolete</em></span>.
                  It was used in <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 8 to
                  determine whether a transaction log was
                  kept for Incremental Zone Transfer. <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9 maintains a transaction
                  log whenever possible.  If you need to disable outgoing
                  incremental zone
                  transfers, use <span><strong class="command">provide-ixfr</strong></span> <strong class="userinput"><code>no</code></strong>.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">minimal-responses</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  If <strong class="userinput"><code>yes</code></strong>, then when generating
                  responses the server will only add records to the authority
                  and additional data sections when they are required (e.g.
                  delegations, negative responses).  This may improve the
                  performance of the server.
                  The default is <strong class="userinput"><code>no</code></strong>.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">multiple-cnames</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  This option was used in <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 8 to allow
                  a domain name to have multiple CNAME records in violation of
                  the DNS standards.  <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9.2 onwards
                  always strictly enforces the CNAME rules both in master
                  files and dynamic updates.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">notify</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd>
<p>
                  If <strong class="userinput"><code>yes</code></strong> (the default),
                  DNS NOTIFY messages are sent when a zone the server is
                  authoritative for
                  changes, see <a href="Bv9ARM.ch04.html#notify" title="Notify">the section called &#8220;Notify&#8221;</a>.  The messages are
                  sent to the
                  servers listed in the zone's NS records (except the master
                  server identified
                  in the SOA MNAME field), and to any servers listed in the
                  <span><strong class="command">also-notify</strong></span> option.
                </p>
<p>
                  If <strong class="userinput"><code>master-only</code></strong>, notifies are only
                  sent
                  for master zones.
                  If <strong class="userinput"><code>explicit</code></strong>, notifies are sent only
                  to
                  servers explicitly listed using <span><strong class="command">also-notify</strong></span>.
                  If <strong class="userinput"><code>no</code></strong>, no notifies are sent.
                </p>
<p>
                  The <span><strong class="command">notify</strong></span> option may also be
                  specified in the <span><strong class="command">zone</strong></span>
                  statement,
                  in which case it overrides the <span><strong class="command">options notify</strong></span> statement.
                  It would only be necessary to turn off this option if it
                  caused slaves
                  to crash.
                </p>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">recursion</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  If <strong class="userinput"><code>yes</code></strong>, and a
                  DNS query requests recursion, then the server will attempt
                  to do
                  all the work required to answer the query. If recursion is
                  off
                  and the server does not already know the answer, it will
                  return a
                  referral response. The default is
                  <strong class="userinput"><code>yes</code></strong>.
                  Note that setting <span><strong class="command">recursion no</strong></span> does not prevent
                  clients from getting data from the server's cache; it only
                  prevents new data from being cached as an effect of client
                  queries.
                  Caching may still occur as an effect the server's internal
                  operation, such as NOTIFY address lookups.
                  See also <span><strong class="command">fetch-glue</strong></span> above.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">rfc2308-type1</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd>
<p>
                  Setting this to <strong class="userinput"><code>yes</code></strong> will
                  cause the server to send NS records along with the SOA
                  record for negative
                  answers. The default is <strong class="userinput"><code>no</code></strong>.
                </p>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p>
                    Not yet implemented in <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym>
                    9.
                  </p>
</div>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">use-id-pool</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  <span class="emphasis"><em>This option is obsolete</em></span>.
                  <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9 always allocates query
                  IDs from a pool.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">zone-statistics</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  If <strong class="userinput"><code>yes</code></strong>, the server will collect
                  statistical data on all zones (unless specifically turned
                  off
                  on a per-zone basis by specifying <span><strong class="command">zone-statistics no</strong></span>
                  in the <span><strong class="command">zone</strong></span> statement).
                  These statistics may be accessed
                  using <span><strong class="command">rndc stats</strong></span>, which will
                  dump them to the file listed
                  in the <span><strong class="command">statistics-file</strong></span>.  See
                  also <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#statsfile" title="The Statistics File">the section called &#8220;The Statistics File&#8221;</a>.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">use-ixfr</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  <span class="emphasis"><em>This option is obsolete</em></span>.
                  If you need to disable IXFR to a particular server or
                  servers, see
                  the information on the <span><strong class="command">provide-ixfr</strong></span> option
                  in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#server_statement_definition_and_usage" title="server Statement Definition and
            Usage">the section called &#8220;<span><strong class="command">server</strong></span> Statement Definition and
            Usage&#8221;</a>.
                  See also
                  <a href="Bv9ARM.ch04.html#incremental_zone_transfers" title="Incremental Zone Transfers (IXFR)">the section called &#8220;Incremental Zone Transfers (IXFR)&#8221;</a>.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">provide-ixfr</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  See the description of
                  <span><strong class="command">provide-ixfr</strong></span> in
                  <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#server_statement_definition_and_usage" title="server Statement Definition and
            Usage">the section called &#8220;<span><strong class="command">server</strong></span> Statement Definition and
            Usage&#8221;</a>.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">request-ixfr</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  See the description of
                  <span><strong class="command">request-ixfr</strong></span> in
                  <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#server_statement_definition_and_usage" title="server Statement Definition and
            Usage">the section called &#8220;<span><strong class="command">server</strong></span> Statement Definition and
            Usage&#8221;</a>.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">treat-cr-as-space</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  This option was used in <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym>
                  8 to make
                  the server treat carriage return ("<span><strong class="command">\r</strong></span>") characters the same way
                  as a space or tab character,
                  to facilitate loading of zone files on a UNIX system that
                  were generated
                  on an NT or DOS machine. In <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9, both UNIX "<span><strong class="command">\n</strong></span>"
                  and NT/DOS "<span><strong class="command">\r\n</strong></span>" newlines
                  are always accepted,
                  and the option is ignored.
                </p></dd>
<dt>
<span class="term"><span><strong class="command">additional-from-auth</strong></span>, </span><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">additional-from-cache</strong></span></span>
</dt>
<dd>
<p>
                  These options control the behavior of an authoritative
                  server when
                  answering queries which have additional data, or when
                  following CNAME
                  and DNAME chains.
                </p>
<p>
                  When both of these options are set to <strong class="userinput"><code>yes</code></strong>
                  (the default) and a
                  query is being answered from authoritative data (a zone
                  configured into the server), the additional data section of
                  the
                  reply will be filled in using data from other authoritative
                  zones
                  and from the cache.  In some situations this is undesirable,
                  such
                  as when there is concern over the correctness of the cache,
                  or
                  in servers where slave zones may be added and modified by
                  untrusted third parties.  Also, avoiding
                  the search for this additional data will speed up server
                  operations
                  at the possible expense of additional queries to resolve
                  what would
                  otherwise be provided in the additional section.
                </p>
<p>
                  For example, if a query asks for an MX record for host <code class="literal">foo.example.com</code>,
                  and the record found is "<code class="literal">MX 10 mail.example.net</code>", normally the address
                  records (A and AAAA) for <code class="literal">mail.example.net</code> will be provided as well,
                  if known, even though they are not in the example.com zone.
                  Setting these options to <span><strong class="command">no</strong></span>
                  disables this behavior and makes
                  the server only search for additional data in the zone it
                  answers from.
                </p>
<p>
                  These options are intended for use in authoritative-only
                  servers, or in authoritative-only views.  Attempts to set
                  them to <span><strong class="command">no</strong></span> without also
                  specifying
                  <span><strong class="command">recursion no</strong></span> will cause the
                  server to
                  ignore the options and log a warning message.
                </p>
<p>
                  Specifying <span><strong class="command">additional-from-cache no</strong></span> actually
                  disables the use of the cache not only for additional data
                  lookups
                  but also when looking up the answer.  This is usually the
                  desired
                  behavior in an authoritative-only server where the
                  correctness of
                  the cached data is an issue.
                </p>
<p>
                  When a name server is non-recursively queried for a name
                  that is not
                  below the apex of any served zone, it normally answers with
                  an
                  "upwards referral" to the root servers or the servers of
                  some other
                  known parent of the query name.  Since the data in an
                  upwards referral
                  comes from the cache, the server will not be able to provide
                  upwards
                  referrals when <span><strong class="command">additional-from-cache no</strong></span>
                  has been specified.  Instead, it will respond to such
                  queries
                  with REFUSED.  This should not cause any problems since
                  upwards referrals are not required for the resolution
                  process.
                </p>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">match-mapped-addresses</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  If <strong class="userinput"><code>yes</code></strong>, then an
                  IPv4-mapped IPv6 address will match any address match
                  list entries that match the corresponding IPv4 address.
                  Enabling this option is sometimes useful on IPv6-enabled
                  Linux
                  systems, to work around a kernel quirk that causes IPv4
                  TCP connections such as zone transfers to be accepted
                  on an IPv6 socket using mapped addresses, causing
                  address match lists designed for IPv4 to fail to match.
                  The use of this option for any other purpose is discouraged.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">ixfr-from-differences</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd>
<p>
                  When <strong class="userinput"><code>yes</code></strong> and the server loads a new version of a master
                  zone from its zone file or receives a new version of a slave
                  file by a non-incremental zone transfer, it will compare
                  the new version to the previous one and calculate a set
                  of differences.  The differences are then logged in the
                  zone's journal file such that the changes can be transmitted
                  to downstream slaves as an incremental zone transfer.
                </p>
<p>
                  By allowing incremental zone transfers to be used for
                  non-dynamic zones, this option saves bandwidth at the
                  expense of increased CPU and memory consumption at the
                  master.
                  In particular, if the new version of a zone is completely
                  different from the previous one, the set of differences
                  will be of a size comparable to the combined size of the
                  old and new zone version, and the server will need to
                  temporarily allocate memory to hold this complete
                  difference set.
                </p>
<p><span><strong class="command">ixfr-from-differences</strong></span>
                  also accepts <span><strong class="command">master</strong></span> and
                  <span><strong class="command">slave</strong></span> at the view and options
                  levels which causes
                  <span><strong class="command">ixfr-from-differences</strong></span> to apply to
                  all <span><strong class="command">master</strong></span> or
                  <span><strong class="command">slave</strong></span> zones respectively.
                </p>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">multi-master</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  This should be set when you have multiple masters for a zone
                  and the
                  addresses refer to different machines.  If <strong class="userinput"><code>yes</code></strong>, named will
                  not log
                  when the serial number on the master is less than what named
                  currently
                  has.  The default is <strong class="userinput"><code>no</code></strong>.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">dnssec-enable</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Enable DNSSEC support in named.  Unless set to <strong class="userinput"><code>yes</code></strong>,
                  named behaves as if it does not support DNSSEC.
                  The default is <strong class="userinput"><code>yes</code></strong>.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">dnssec-validation</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Enable DNSSEC validation in named.
                  Note <span><strong class="command">dnssec-enable</strong></span> also needs to be
                  set to <strong class="userinput"><code>yes</code></strong> to be effective.
                  The default is <strong class="userinput"><code>no</code></strong>.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">dnssec-accept-expired</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Accept expired signatures when verifying DNSSEC signatures.
                  The default is <strong class="userinput"><code>no</code></strong>.
                  Setting this option to "yes" leaves named vulnerable to replay attacks.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">querylog</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Specify whether query logging should be started when named
                  starts.
                  If <span><strong class="command">querylog</strong></span> is not specified,
                  then the query logging
                  is determined by the presence of the logging category <span><strong class="command">queries</strong></span>.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">check-names</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd>
<p>
                  This option is used to restrict the character set and syntax
                  of
                  certain domain names in master files and/or DNS responses
                  received
                  from the network.  The default varies according to usage
                  area.  For
                  <span><strong class="command">master</strong></span> zones the default is <span><strong class="command">fail</strong></span>.
                  For <span><strong class="command">slave</strong></span> zones the default
                  is <span><strong class="command">warn</strong></span>.
                  For answers received from the network (<span><strong class="command">response</strong></span>)
                  the default is <span><strong class="command">ignore</strong></span>.
                </p>
<p>
                  The rules for legal hostnames and mail domains are derived
                  from RFC 952 and RFC 821 as modified by RFC 1123.
                </p>
<p><span><strong class="command">check-names</strong></span>
                  applies to the owner names of A, AAA and MX records.
                  It also applies to the domain names in the RDATA of NS, SOA
                  and MX records.
                  It also applies to the RDATA of PTR records where the owner
                  name indicated that it is a reverse lookup of a hostname
                  (the owner name ends in IN-ADDR.ARPA, IP6.ARPA, or IP6.INT).
                </p>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">check-mx</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Check whether the MX record appears to refer to a IP address.
                  The default is to <span><strong class="command">warn</strong></span>.  Other possible
                  values are <span><strong class="command">fail</strong></span> and
                  <span><strong class="command">ignore</strong></span>.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">check-wildcard</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  This option is used to check for non-terminal wildcards.
                  The use of non-terminal wildcards is almost always as a
                  result of a failure
                  to understand the wildcard matching algorithm (RFC 1034).
                  This option
                  affects master zones.  The default (<span><strong class="command">yes</strong></span>) is to check
                  for non-terminal wildcards and issue a warning.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">check-integrity</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Perform post load zone integrity checks on master
                  zones.  This checks that MX and SRV records refer
                  to address (A or AAAA) records and that glue
                  address records exist for delegated zones.  For
                  MX and SRV records only in-zone hostnames are
                  checked (for out-of-zone hostnames use
                  <span><strong class="command">named-checkzone</strong></span>).
                  For NS records only names below top of zone are
                  checked (for out-of-zone names and glue consistency
                  checks use <span><strong class="command">named-checkzone</strong></span>).
                  The default is <span><strong class="command">yes</strong></span>.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">check-mx-cname</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  If <span><strong class="command">check-integrity</strong></span> is set then
                  fail, warn or ignore MX records that refer
                  to CNAMES.  The default is to <span><strong class="command">warn</strong></span>.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">check-srv-cname</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  If <span><strong class="command">check-integrity</strong></span> is set then
                  fail, warn or ignore SRV records that refer
                  to CNAMES.  The default is to <span><strong class="command">warn</strong></span>.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">check-sibling</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  When performing integrity checks, also check that
                  sibling glue exists.  The default is <span><strong class="command">yes</strong></span>.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">zero-no-soa-ttl</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  When returning authoritative negative responses to
                  SOA queries set the TTL of the SOA recored returned in
                  the authority section to zero.
                  The default is <span><strong class="command">yes</strong></span>.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">zero-no-soa-ttl-cache</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  When caching a negative response to a SOA query
                  set the TTL to zero.
                  The default is <span><strong class="command">no</strong></span>.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">update-check-ksk</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  When regenerating the RRSIGs following a UPDATE
                  request to a secure zone, check the KSK flag on
                  the DNSKEY RR to determine if this key should be
                  used to generate the RRSIG.  This flag is ignored
                  if there are not DNSKEY RRs both with and without
                  a KSK.
                  The default is <span><strong class="command">yes</strong></span>.
                </p></dd>
</dl></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="id2580525"></a>Forwarding</h4></div></div></div>
<p>
            The forwarding facility can be used to create a large site-wide
            cache on a few servers, reducing traffic over links to external
            name servers. It can also be used to allow queries by servers that
            do not have direct access to the Internet, but wish to look up
            exterior
            names anyway. Forwarding occurs only on those queries for which
            the server is not authoritative and does not have the answer in
            its cache.
          </p>
<div class="variablelist"><dl>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">forward</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  This option is only meaningful if the
                  forwarders list is not empty. A value of <code class="varname">first</code>,
                  the default, causes the server to query the forwarders
                  first &#8212; and
                  if that doesn't answer the question, the server will then
                  look for
                  the answer itself. If <code class="varname">only</code> is
                  specified, the
                  server will only query the forwarders.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">forwarders</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Specifies the IP addresses to be used
                  for forwarding. The default is the empty list (no
                  forwarding).
                </p></dd>
</dl></div>
<p>
            Forwarding can also be configured on a per-domain basis, allowing
            for the global forwarding options to be overridden in a variety
            of ways. You can set particular domains to use different
            forwarders,
            or have a different <span><strong class="command">forward only/first</strong></span> behavior,
            or not forward at all, see <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#zone_statement_grammar" title="zone
            Statement Grammar">the section called &#8220;<span><strong class="command">zone</strong></span>
            Statement Grammar&#8221;</a>.
          </p>
</div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="id2580721"></a>Dual-stack Servers</h4></div></div></div>
<p>
            Dual-stack servers are used as servers of last resort to work
            around
            problems in reachability due the lack of support for either IPv4
            or IPv6
            on the host machine.
          </p>
<div class="variablelist"><dl>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">dual-stack-servers</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Specifies host names or addresses of machines with access to
                  both IPv4 and IPv6 transports. If a hostname is used, the
                  server must be able
                  to resolve the name using only the transport it has.  If the
                  machine is dual
                  stacked, then the <span><strong class="command">dual-stack-servers</strong></span> have no effect unless
                  access to a transport has been disabled on the command line
                  (e.g. <span><strong class="command">named -4</strong></span>).
                </p></dd>
</dl></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="access_control"></a>Access Control</h4></div></div></div>
<p>
            Access to the server can be restricted based on the IP address
            of the requesting system. See <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#address_match_lists" title="Address Match Lists">the section called &#8220;Address Match Lists&#8221;</a> for
            details on how to specify IP address lists.
          </p>
<div class="variablelist"><dl>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">allow-notify</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Specifies which hosts are allowed to
                  notify this server, a slave, of zone changes in addition
                  to the zone masters.
                  <span><strong class="command">allow-notify</strong></span> may also be
                  specified in the
                  <span><strong class="command">zone</strong></span> statement, in which case
                  it overrides the
                  <span><strong class="command">options allow-notify</strong></span>
                  statement.  It is only meaningful
                  for a slave zone.  If not specified, the default is to
                  process notify messages
                  only from a zone's master.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">allow-query</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd>
<p>
                  Specifies which hosts are allowed to ask ordinary
                  DNS questions. <span><strong class="command">allow-query</strong></span> may
                  also be specified in the <span><strong class="command">zone</strong></span>
                  statement, in which case it overrides the
                  <span><strong class="command">options allow-query</strong></span> statement.
                  If not specified, the default is to allow queries
                  from all hosts.
                </p>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p>
                    <span><strong class="command">allow-query-cache</strong></span> is now
                    used to specify access to the cache.
                  </p>
</div>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">allow-query-cache</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Specifies which hosts are allowed to get answers
                  from the cache.  If <span><strong class="command">allow-query-cache</strong></span>
                  is not set then <span><strong class="command">allow-recursion</strong></span>
                  is used if set, otherwise <span><strong class="command">allow-query</strong></span>
                  is used if set, otherwise the default
                  (<span><strong class="command">localnets;</strong></span>
                  <span><strong class="command">localhost;</strong></span>) is used.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">allow-recursion</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Specifies which hosts are allowed to make recursive
                  queries through this server. If
                  <span><strong class="command">allow-recursion</strong></span> is not set
                  then <span><strong class="command">allow-query-cache</strong></span> is
                  used if set, otherwise <span><strong class="command">allow-query</strong></span>
                  is used if set, otherwise the default
                  (<span><strong class="command">localnets;</strong></span>
                  <span><strong class="command">localhost;</strong></span>) is used.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">allow-update</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Specifies which hosts are allowed to
                  submit Dynamic DNS updates for master zones. The default is
                  to deny
                  updates from all hosts.  Note that allowing updates based
                  on the requestor's IP address is insecure; see
                  <a href="Bv9ARM.ch07.html#dynamic_update_security" title="Dynamic Update Security">the section called &#8220;Dynamic Update Security&#8221;</a> for details.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">allow-update-forwarding</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd>
<p>
                  Specifies which hosts are allowed to
                  submit Dynamic DNS updates to slave zones to be forwarded to
                  the
                  master.  The default is <strong class="userinput"><code>{ none; }</code></strong>,
                  which
                  means that no update forwarding will be performed.  To
                  enable
                  update forwarding, specify
                  <strong class="userinput"><code>allow-update-forwarding { any; };</code></strong>.
                  Specifying values other than <strong class="userinput"><code>{ none; }</code></strong> or
                  <strong class="userinput"><code>{ any; }</code></strong> is usually
                  counterproductive, since
                  the responsibility for update access control should rest
                  with the
                  master server, not the slaves.
                </p>
<p>
                  Note that enabling the update forwarding feature on a slave
                  server
                  may expose master servers relying on insecure IP address
                  based
                  access control to attacks; see <a href="Bv9ARM.ch07.html#dynamic_update_security" title="Dynamic Update Security">the section called &#8220;Dynamic Update Security&#8221;</a>
                  for more details.
                </p>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">allow-v6-synthesis</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  This option was introduced for the smooth transition from
                  AAAA
                  to A6 and from "nibble labels" to binary labels.
                  However, since both A6 and binary labels were then
                  deprecated,
                  this option was also deprecated.
                  It is now ignored with some warning messages.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">allow-transfer</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Specifies which hosts are allowed to
                  receive zone transfers from the server. <span><strong class="command">allow-transfer</strong></span> may
                  also be specified in the <span><strong class="command">zone</strong></span>
                  statement, in which
                  case it overrides the <span><strong class="command">options allow-transfer</strong></span> statement.
                  If not specified, the default is to allow transfers to all
                  hosts.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">blackhole</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Specifies a list of addresses that the
                  server will not accept queries from or use to resolve a
                  query. Queries
                  from these addresses will not be responded to. The default
                  is <strong class="userinput"><code>none</code></strong>.
                </p></dd>
</dl></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="id2581142"></a>Interfaces</h4></div></div></div>
<p>
            The interfaces and ports that the server will answer queries
            from may be specified using the <span><strong class="command">listen-on</strong></span> option. <span><strong class="command">listen-on</strong></span> takes
            an optional port, and an <code class="varname">address_match_list</code>.
            The server will listen on all interfaces allowed by the address
            match list. If a port is not specified, port 53 will be used.
          </p>
<p>
            Multiple <span><strong class="command">listen-on</strong></span> statements are
            allowed.
            For example,
          </p>
<pre class="programlisting">listen-on { 5.6.7.8; };
listen-on port 1234 { !1.2.3.4; 1.2/16; };
</pre>
<p>
            will enable the name server on port 53 for the IP address
            5.6.7.8, and on port 1234 of an address on the machine in net
            1.2 that is not 1.2.3.4.
          </p>
<p>
            If no <span><strong class="command">listen-on</strong></span> is specified, the
            server will listen on port 53 on all interfaces.
          </p>
<p>
            The <span><strong class="command">listen-on-v6</strong></span> option is used to
            specify the interfaces and the ports on which the server will
            listen
            for incoming queries sent using IPv6.
          </p>
<p>
            When </p>
<pre class="programlisting">{ any; }</pre>
<p> is
            specified
            as the <code class="varname">address_match_list</code> for the
            <span><strong class="command">listen-on-v6</strong></span> option,
            the server does not bind a separate socket to each IPv6 interface
            address as it does for IPv4 if the operating system has enough API
            support for IPv6 (specifically if it conforms to RFC 3493 and RFC
            3542).
            Instead, it listens on the IPv6 wildcard address.
            If the system only has incomplete API support for IPv6, however,
            the behavior is the same as that for IPv4.
          </p>
<p>
            A list of particular IPv6 addresses can also be specified, in
            which case
            the server listens on a separate socket for each specified
            address,
            regardless of whether the desired API is supported by the system.
          </p>
<p>
            Multiple <span><strong class="command">listen-on-v6</strong></span> options can
            be used.
            For example,
          </p>
<pre class="programlisting">listen-on-v6 { any; };
listen-on-v6 port 1234 { !2001:db8::/32; any; };
</pre>
<p>
            will enable the name server on port 53 for any IPv6 addresses
            (with a single wildcard socket),
            and on port 1234 of IPv6 addresses that is not in the prefix
            2001:db8::/32 (with separate sockets for each matched address.)
          </p>
<p>
            To make the server not listen on any IPv6 address, use
          </p>
<pre class="programlisting">listen-on-v6 { none; };
</pre>
<p>
            If no <span><strong class="command">listen-on-v6</strong></span> option is
            specified,
            the server will not listen on any IPv6 address.
          </p>
</div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="query_address"></a>Query Address</h4></div></div></div>
<p>
            If the server doesn't know the answer to a question, it will
            query other name servers. <span><strong class="command">query-source</strong></span> specifies
            the address and port used for such queries. For queries sent over
            IPv6, there is a separate <span><strong class="command">query-source-v6</strong></span> option.
            If <span><strong class="command">address</strong></span> is <span><strong class="command">*</strong></span> (asterisk) or is omitted,
            a wildcard IP address (<span><strong class="command">INADDR_ANY</strong></span>)
            will be used.
          </p>
<p>
            If <span><strong class="command">port</strong></span> is <span><strong class="command">*</strong></span> or is omitted,
            a random port number from a pre-configured
            range is picked up and will be used for each query.
            The port range(s) is that specified in
            the <span><strong class="command">use-v4-udp-ports</strong></span> (for IPv4)
            and <span><strong class="command">use-v6-udp-ports</strong></span> (for IPv6)
            options, excluding the ranges specified in
            the <span><strong class="command">avoid-v4-udp-ports</strong></span>
            and <span><strong class="command">avoid-v6-udp-ports</strong></span> options, respectively.
          </p>
<p>
            The defaults of the <span><strong class="command">query-source</strong></span> and
            <span><strong class="command">query-source-v6</strong></span> options
            are:
          </p>
<pre class="programlisting">query-source address * port *;
query-source-v6 address * port *;
</pre>
<p>
            If <span><strong class="command">use-v4-udp-ports</strong></span> or
            <span><strong class="command">use-v6-udp-ports</strong></span> is unspecified,
            <span><strong class="command">named</strong></span> will check if the operating
            system provides a programming interface to retrieve the
            system's default range for ephemeral ports.
            If such an interface is available,
            <span><strong class="command">named</strong></span> will use the corresponding system
            default range; otherwise, it will use its own defaults:
         </p>
<pre class="programlisting">use-v4-udp-ports { range 1024 65535; };
use-v6-udp-ports { range 1024 65535; };
</pre>
<p>
            Note: make sure the ranges be sufficiently large for
            security.  A desirable size depends on various parameters,
            but we generally recommend it contain at least 16384 ports
            (14 bits of entropy).
            Note also that the system's default range when used may be
            too small for this purpose, and that the range may even be
            changed while <span><strong class="command">named</strong></span> is running; the new
            range will automatically be applied when <span><strong class="command">named</strong></span>
            is reloaded.
            It is encouraged to
            configure <span><strong class="command">use-v4-udp-ports</strong></span> and
            <span><strong class="command">use-v6-udp-ports</strong></span> explicitly so that the
            ranges are sufficiently large and are reasonably
            independent from the ranges used by other applications.
          </p>
<p>
            Note: the operational configuration
            where <span><strong class="command">named</strong></span> runs may prohibit the use
            of some ports.  For example, UNIX systems will not allow
            <span><strong class="command">named</strong></span> running without a root privilege
            to use ports less than 1024.
            If such ports are included in the specified (or detected)
            set of query ports, the corresponding query attempts will
            fail, resulting in resolution failures or delay.
            It is therefore important to configure the set of ports
            that can be safely used in the expected operational environment.
          </p>
<p>
            The defaults of the <span><strong class="command">avoid-v4-udp-ports</strong></span> and
            <span><strong class="command">avoid-v6-udp-ports</strong></span> options
            are:
          </p>
<pre class="programlisting">avoid-v4-udp-ports {};
avoid-v6-udp-ports {};
</pre>
<p>
            Note: it is generally strongly discouraged to
            specify a particular port for the
            <span><strong class="command">query-source</strong></span> or
            <span><strong class="command">query-source-v6</strong></span> options;
            it implicitly disables the use of randomized port numbers
            and can be insecure.
          </p>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p>
              The address specified in the <span><strong class="command">query-source</strong></span> option
              is used for both UDP and TCP queries, but the port applies only
              to
              UDP queries.  TCP queries always use a random
              unprivileged port.
            </p>
</div>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p>
              Solaris 2.5.1 and earlier does not support setting the source
              address for TCP sockets.
            </p>
</div>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p>
              See also <span><strong class="command">transfer-source</strong></span> and
              <span><strong class="command">notify-source</strong></span>.
            </p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="zone_transfers"></a>Zone Transfers</h4></div></div></div>
<p>
            <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> has mechanisms in place to
            facilitate zone transfers
            and set limits on the amount of load that transfers place on the
            system. The following options apply to zone transfers.
          </p>
<div class="variablelist"><dl>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">also-notify</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Defines a global list of IP addresses of name servers
                  that are also sent NOTIFY messages whenever a fresh copy of
                  the
                  zone is loaded, in addition to the servers listed in the
                  zone's NS records.
                  This helps to ensure that copies of the zones will
                  quickly converge on stealth servers. If an <span><strong class="command">also-notify</strong></span> list
                  is given in a <span><strong class="command">zone</strong></span> statement,
                  it will override
                  the <span><strong class="command">options also-notify</strong></span>
                  statement. When a <span><strong class="command">zone notify</strong></span>
                  statement
                  is set to <span><strong class="command">no</strong></span>, the IP
                  addresses in the global <span><strong class="command">also-notify</strong></span> list will
                  not be sent NOTIFY messages for that zone. The default is
                  the empty
                  list (no global notification list).
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">max-transfer-time-in</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Inbound zone transfers running longer than
                  this many minutes will be terminated. The default is 120
                  minutes
                  (2 hours).  The maximum value is 28 days (40320 minutes).
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">max-transfer-idle-in</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Inbound zone transfers making no progress
                  in this many minutes will be terminated. The default is 60
                  minutes
                  (1 hour).  The maximum value is 28 days (40320 minutes).
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">max-transfer-time-out</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Outbound zone transfers running longer than
                  this many minutes will be terminated. The default is 120
                  minutes
                  (2 hours).  The maximum value is 28 days (40320 minutes).
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">max-transfer-idle-out</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Outbound zone transfers making no progress
                  in this many minutes will be terminated.  The default is 60
                  minutes (1
                  hour).  The maximum value is 28 days (40320 minutes).
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">serial-query-rate</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Slave servers will periodically query master servers
                  to find out if zone serial numbers have changed. Each such
                  query uses
                  a minute amount of the slave server's network bandwidth.  To
                  limit the
                  amount of bandwidth used, BIND 9 limits the rate at which
                  queries are
                  sent.  The value of the <span><strong class="command">serial-query-rate</strong></span> option,
                  an integer, is the maximum number of queries sent per
                  second.
                  The default is 20.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">serial-queries</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  In BIND 8, the <span><strong class="command">serial-queries</strong></span>
                  option
                  set the maximum number of concurrent serial number queries
                  allowed to be outstanding at any given time.
                  BIND 9 does not limit the number of outstanding
                  serial queries and ignores the <span><strong class="command">serial-queries</strong></span> option.
                  Instead, it limits the rate at which the queries are sent
                  as defined using the <span><strong class="command">serial-query-rate</strong></span> option.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">transfer-format</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Zone transfers can be sent using two different formats,
                  <span><strong class="command">one-answer</strong></span> and
                  <span><strong class="command">many-answers</strong></span>.
                  The <span><strong class="command">transfer-format</strong></span> option is used
                  on the master server to determine which format it sends.
                  <span><strong class="command">one-answer</strong></span> uses one DNS message per
                  resource record transferred.
                  <span><strong class="command">many-answers</strong></span> packs as many resource
                  records as possible into a message.
                  <span><strong class="command">many-answers</strong></span> is more efficient, but is
                  only supported by relatively new slave servers,
                  such as <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9, <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym>
                  8.x and <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 4.9.5 onwards.
                  The <span><strong class="command">many-answers</strong></span> format is also supported by
                  recent Microsoft Windows nameservers.
                  The default is <span><strong class="command">many-answers</strong></span>.
                  <span><strong class="command">transfer-format</strong></span> may be overridden on a
                  per-server basis by using the <span><strong class="command">server</strong></span>
                  statement.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">transfers-in</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  The maximum number of inbound zone transfers
                  that can be running concurrently. The default value is <code class="literal">10</code>.
                  Increasing <span><strong class="command">transfers-in</strong></span> may
                  speed up the convergence
                  of slave zones, but it also may increase the load on the
                  local system.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">transfers-out</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  The maximum number of outbound zone transfers
                  that can be running concurrently. Zone transfer requests in
                  excess
                  of the limit will be refused. The default value is <code class="literal">10</code>.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">transfers-per-ns</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  The maximum number of inbound zone transfers
                  that can be concurrently transferring from a given remote
                  name server.
                  The default value is <code class="literal">2</code>.
                  Increasing <span><strong class="command">transfers-per-ns</strong></span>
                  may
                  speed up the convergence of slave zones, but it also may
                  increase
                  the load on the remote name server. <span><strong class="command">transfers-per-ns</strong></span> may
                  be overridden on a per-server basis by using the <span><strong class="command">transfers</strong></span> phrase
                  of the <span><strong class="command">server</strong></span> statement.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">transfer-source</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd>
<p><span><strong class="command">transfer-source</strong></span>
                  determines which local address will be bound to IPv4
                  TCP connections used to fetch zones transferred
                  inbound by the server.  It also determines the
                  source IPv4 address, and optionally the UDP port,
                  used for the refresh queries and forwarded dynamic
                  updates.  If not set, it defaults to a system
                  controlled value which will usually be the address
                  of the interface "closest to" the remote end. This
                  address must appear in the remote end's
                  <span><strong class="command">allow-transfer</strong></span> option for the
                  zone being transferred, if one is specified. This
                  statement sets the
                  <span><strong class="command">transfer-source</strong></span> for all zones,
                  but can be overridden on a per-view or per-zone
                  basis by including a
                  <span><strong class="command">transfer-source</strong></span> statement within
                  the <span><strong class="command">view</strong></span> or
                  <span><strong class="command">zone</strong></span> block in the configuration
                  file.
                </p>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p>
                    Solaris 2.5.1 and earlier does not support setting the
                    source address for TCP sockets.
                  </p>
</div>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">transfer-source-v6</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  The same as <span><strong class="command">transfer-source</strong></span>,
                  except zone transfers are performed using IPv6.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">alt-transfer-source</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd>
<p>
                  An alternate transfer source if the one listed in
                  <span><strong class="command">transfer-source</strong></span> fails and
                  <span><strong class="command">use-alt-transfer-source</strong></span> is
                  set.
                </p>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
                  If you do not wish the alternate transfer source
                  to be used, you should set
                  <span><strong class="command">use-alt-transfer-source</strong></span>
                  appropriately and you should not depend upon
                  getting a answer back to the first refresh
                  query.
                </div>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">alt-transfer-source-v6</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  An alternate transfer source if the one listed in
                  <span><strong class="command">transfer-source-v6</strong></span> fails and
                  <span><strong class="command">use-alt-transfer-source</strong></span> is
                  set.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">use-alt-transfer-source</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Use the alternate transfer sources or not.  If views are
                  specified this defaults to <span><strong class="command">no</strong></span>
                  otherwise it defaults to
                  <span><strong class="command">yes</strong></span> (for BIND 8
                  compatibility).
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">notify-source</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd>
<p><span><strong class="command">notify-source</strong></span>
                  determines which local source address, and
                  optionally UDP port, will be used to send NOTIFY
                  messages.  This address must appear in the slave
                  server's <span><strong class="command">masters</strong></span> zone clause or
                  in an <span><strong class="command">allow-notify</strong></span> clause.  This
                  statement sets the <span><strong class="command">notify-source</strong></span>
                  for all zones, but can be overridden on a per-zone or
                  per-view basis by including a
                  <span><strong class="command">notify-source</strong></span> statement within
                  the <span><strong class="command">zone</strong></span> or
                  <span><strong class="command">view</strong></span> block in the configuration
                  file.
                </p>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p>
                    Solaris 2.5.1 and earlier does not support setting the
                    source address for TCP sockets.
                  </p>
</div>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">notify-source-v6</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Like <span><strong class="command">notify-source</strong></span>,
                  but applies to notify messages sent to IPv6 addresses.
                </p></dd>
</dl></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="id2582140"></a>UDP Port Lists</h4></div></div></div>
<p>
            <span><strong class="command">use-v4-udp-ports</strong></span>,
            <span><strong class="command">avoid-v4-udp-ports</strong></span>,
            <span><strong class="command">use-v6-udp-ports</strong></span>, and
            <span><strong class="command">avoid-v6-udp-ports</strong></span>
            specify a list of IPv4 and IPv6 UDP ports that will be
            used or not used as source ports for UDP messages.
            See <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#query_address" title="Query Address">the section called &#8220;Query Address&#8221;</a> about how the
            available ports are determined.
            For example, with the following configuration
          </p>
<pre class="programlisting">
use-v6-udp-ports { range 32768 65535; };
avoid-v6-udp-ports { 40000; range 50000 60000; };
</pre>
<p>
             UDP ports of IPv6 messages sent
             from <span><strong class="command">named</strong></span> will be in one
             of the following ranges: 32768 to 39999, 40001 to 49999,
             and 60001 to 65535.
           </p>
<p>
             <span><strong class="command">avoid-v4-udp-ports</strong></span> and
             <span><strong class="command">avoid-v6-udp-ports</strong></span> can be used
             to prevent <span><strong class="command">named</strong></span> from choosing as its random source port a
             port that is blocked by your firewall or a port that is
             used by other applications;
             if a query went out with a source port blocked by a
             firewall, the
             answer would not get by the firewall and the name server would
             have to query again.
             Note: the desired range can also be represented only with
             <span><strong class="command">use-v4-udp-ports</strong></span> and
             <span><strong class="command">use-v6-udp-ports</strong></span>, and the
             <span><strong class="command">avoid-</strong></span> options are redundant in that
             sense; they are provided for backward compatibility and
             to possibly simplify the port specification.
           </p>
</div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="id2582200"></a>Operating System Resource Limits</h4></div></div></div>
<p>
            The server's usage of many system resources can be limited.
            Scaled values are allowed when specifying resource limits.  For
            example, <span><strong class="command">1G</strong></span> can be used instead of
            <span><strong class="command">1073741824</strong></span> to specify a limit of
            one
            gigabyte. <span><strong class="command">unlimited</strong></span> requests
            unlimited use, or the
            maximum available amount. <span><strong class="command">default</strong></span>
            uses the limit
            that was in force when the server was started. See the description
            of <span><strong class="command">size_spec</strong></span> in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#configuration_file_elements" title="Configuration File Elements">the section called &#8220;Configuration File Elements&#8221;</a>.
          </p>
<p>
            The following options set operating system resource limits for
            the name server process.  Some operating systems don't support
            some or
            any of the limits. On such systems, a warning will be issued if
            the
            unsupported limit is used.
          </p>
<div class="variablelist"><dl>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">coresize</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  The maximum size of a core dump. The default
                  is <code class="literal">default</code>.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">datasize</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  The maximum amount of data memory the server
                  may use. The default is <code class="literal">default</code>.
                  This is a hard limit on server memory usage.
                  If the server attempts to allocate memory in excess of this
                  limit, the allocation will fail, which may in turn leave
                  the server unable to perform DNS service.  Therefore,
                  this option is rarely useful as a way of limiting the
                  amount of memory used by the server, but it can be used
                  to raise an operating system data size limit that is
                  too small by default.  If you wish to limit the amount
                  of memory used by the server, use the
                  <span><strong class="command">max-cache-size</strong></span> and
                  <span><strong class="command">recursive-clients</strong></span>
                  options instead.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">files</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  The maximum number of files the server
                  may have open concurrently. The default is <code class="literal">unlimited</code>.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">stacksize</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  The maximum amount of stack memory the server
                  may use. The default is <code class="literal">default</code>.
                </p></dd>
</dl></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="id2582452"></a>Server  Resource Limits</h4></div></div></div>
<p>
            The following options set limits on the server's
            resource consumption that are enforced internally by the
            server rather than the operating system.
          </p>
<div class="variablelist"><dl>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">max-ixfr-log-size</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  This option is obsolete; it is accepted
                  and ignored for BIND 8 compatibility.  The option
                  <span><strong class="command">max-journal-size</strong></span> performs a
                  similar function in BIND 9.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">max-journal-size</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Sets a maximum size for each journal file
                  (see <a href="Bv9ARM.ch04.html#journal" title="The journal file">the section called &#8220;The journal file&#8221;</a>).  When the journal file
                  approaches
                  the specified size, some of the oldest transactions in the
                  journal
                  will be automatically removed.  The default is
                  <code class="literal">unlimited</code>.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">host-statistics-max</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  In BIND 8, specifies the maximum number of host statistics
                  entries to be kept.
                  Not implemented in BIND 9.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">recursive-clients</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  The maximum number of simultaneous recursive lookups
                  the server will perform on behalf of clients.  The default
                  is
                  <code class="literal">1000</code>.  Because each recursing
                  client uses a fair
                  bit of memory, on the order of 20 kilobytes, the value of
                  the
                  <span><strong class="command">recursive-clients</strong></span> option may
                  have to be decreased
                  on hosts with limited memory.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">tcp-clients</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  The maximum number of simultaneous client TCP
                  connections that the server will accept.
                  The default is <code class="literal">100</code>.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">reserved-sockets</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd>
<p>
                  The number of file descriptors reserved for TCP, stdio,
                  etc.  This needs to be big enough to cover the number of
                  interfaces named listens on, tcp-clients as well as
                  to provide room for outgoing TCP queries and incoming zone
                  transfers.  The default is <code class="literal">512</code>.
                  The minimum value is <code class="literal">128</code> and the
                  maximum value is <code class="literal">128</code> less than
                  maxsockets (-S).  This option may be removed in the future.
                </p>
<p>
                  This option has little effect on Windows.
                </p>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">max-cache-size</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  The maximum amount of memory to use for the
                  server's cache, in bytes.
                  When the amount of data in the cache
                  reaches this limit, the server will cause records to expire
                  prematurely so that the limit is not exceeded.
                  A value of 0 is special, meaning that
                  records are purged from the cache only when their
                  TTLs expire.
                  Another special keyword <strong class="userinput"><code>unlimited</code></strong>
                  means the maximum value of 32-bit unsigned integers
                  (0xffffffff), which may not have the same effect as
                  0 on machines that support more than 32 bits of
                  memory space.
                  Any positive values less than 2MB will be ignored reset
                  to 2MB.
                  In a server with multiple views, the limit applies
                  separately to the cache of each view.
                  The default is 0.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">tcp-listen-queue</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  The listen queue depth.  The default and minimum is 3.
                  If the kernel supports the accept filter "dataready" this
                  also controls how
                  many TCP connections that will be queued in kernel space
                  waiting for
                  some data before being passed to accept.  Values less than 3
                  will be
                  silently raised.
                </p></dd>
</dl></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="id2582682"></a>Periodic Task Intervals</h4></div></div></div>
<div class="variablelist"><dl>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">cleaning-interval</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  The server will remove expired resource records
                  from the cache every <span><strong class="command">cleaning-interval</strong></span> minutes.
                  The default is 60 minutes.  The maximum value is 28 days
                  (40320 minutes).
                  If set to 0, no periodic cleaning will occur.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">heartbeat-interval</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  The server will perform zone maintenance tasks
                  for all zones marked as <span><strong class="command">dialup</strong></span> whenever this
                  interval expires. The default is 60 minutes. Reasonable
                  values are up
                  to 1 day (1440 minutes).  The maximum value is 28 days
                  (40320 minutes).
                  If set to 0, no zone maintenance for these zones will occur.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">interface-interval</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  The server will scan the network interface list
                  every <span><strong class="command">interface-interval</strong></span>
                  minutes. The default
                  is 60 minutes. The maximum value is 28 days (40320 minutes).
                  If set to 0, interface scanning will only occur when
                  the configuration file is  loaded. After the scan, the
                  server will
                  begin listening for queries on any newly discovered
                  interfaces (provided they are allowed by the
                  <span><strong class="command">listen-on</strong></span> configuration), and
                  will
                  stop listening on interfaces that have gone away.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">statistics-interval</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd>
<p>
                  Name server statistics will be logged
                  every <span><strong class="command">statistics-interval</strong></span>
                  minutes. The default is
                  60. The maximum value is 28 days (40320 minutes).
                  If set to 0, no statistics will be logged.
                  </p>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p>
                    Not yet implemented in
                    <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9.
                  </p>
</div>
</dd>
</dl></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="topology"></a>Topology</h4></div></div></div>
<p>
            All other things being equal, when the server chooses a name
            server
            to query from a list of name servers, it prefers the one that is
            topologically closest to itself. The <span><strong class="command">topology</strong></span> statement
            takes an <span><strong class="command">address_match_list</strong></span> and
            interprets it
            in a special way. Each top-level list element is assigned a
            distance.
            Non-negated elements get a distance based on their position in the
            list, where the closer the match is to the start of the list, the
            shorter the distance is between it and the server. A negated match
            will be assigned the maximum distance from the server. If there
            is no match, the address will get a distance which is further than
            any non-negated list element, and closer than any negated element.
            For example,
          </p>
<pre class="programlisting">topology {
    10/8;
    !1.2.3/24;
    { 1.2/16; 3/8; };
};</pre>
<p>
            will prefer servers on network 10 the most, followed by hosts
            on network 1.2.0.0 (netmask 255.255.0.0) and network 3, with the
            exception of hosts on network 1.2.3 (netmask 255.255.255.0), which
            is preferred least of all.
          </p>
<p>
            The default topology is
          </p>
<pre class="programlisting">    topology { localhost; localnets; };
</pre>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p>
              The <span><strong class="command">topology</strong></span> option
              is not implemented in <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9.
            </p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="the_sortlist_statement"></a>The <span><strong class="command">sortlist</strong></span> Statement</h4></div></div></div>
<p>
            The response to a DNS query may consist of multiple resource
            records (RRs) forming a resource records set (RRset).
            The name server will normally return the
            RRs within the RRset in an indeterminate order
            (but see the <span><strong class="command">rrset-order</strong></span>
            statement in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#rrset_ordering" title="RRset Ordering">the section called &#8220;RRset Ordering&#8221;</a>).
            The client resolver code should rearrange the RRs as appropriate,
            that is, using any addresses on the local net in preference to
            other addresses.
            However, not all resolvers can do this or are correctly
            configured.
            When a client is using a local server, the sorting can be performed
            in the server, based on the client's address. This only requires
            configuring the name servers, not all the clients.
          </p>
<p>
            The <span><strong class="command">sortlist</strong></span> statement (see below)
            takes
            an <span><strong class="command">address_match_list</strong></span> and
            interprets it even
            more specifically than the <span><strong class="command">topology</strong></span>
            statement
            does (<a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#topology" title="Topology">the section called &#8220;Topology&#8221;</a>).
            Each top level statement in the <span><strong class="command">sortlist</strong></span> must
            itself be an explicit <span><strong class="command">address_match_list</strong></span> with
            one or two elements. The first element (which may be an IP
            address,
            an IP prefix, an ACL name or a nested <span><strong class="command">address_match_list</strong></span>)
            of each top level list is checked against the source address of
            the query until a match is found.
          </p>
<p>
            Once the source address of the query has been matched, if
            the top level statement contains only one element, the actual
            primitive
            element that matched the source address is used to select the
            address
            in the response to move to the beginning of the response. If the
            statement is a list of two elements, then the second element is
            treated the same as the <span><strong class="command">address_match_list</strong></span> in
            a <span><strong class="command">topology</strong></span> statement. Each top
            level element
            is assigned a distance and the address in the response with the
            minimum
            distance is moved to the beginning of the response.
          </p>
<p>
            In the following example, any queries received from any of
            the addresses of the host itself will get responses preferring
            addresses
            on any of the locally connected networks. Next most preferred are
            addresses
            on the 192.168.1/24 network, and after that either the
            192.168.2/24
            or
            192.168.3/24 network with no preference shown between these two
            networks. Queries received from a host on the 192.168.1/24 network
            will prefer other addresses on that network to the 192.168.2/24
            and
            192.168.3/24 networks. Queries received from a host on the
            192.168.4/24
            or the 192.168.5/24 network will only prefer other addresses on
            their directly connected networks.
          </p>
<pre class="programlisting">sortlist {
    { localhost;                                   // IF   the local host
        { localnets;                               // THEN first fit on the
            192.168.1/24;                          //   following nets
            { 192.168.2/24; 192.168.3/24; }; }; };
    { 192.168.1/24;                                // IF   on class C 192.168.1
        { 192.168.1/24;                            // THEN use .1, or .2 or .3
            { 192.168.2/24; 192.168.3/24; }; }; };
    { 192.168.2/24;                                // IF   on class C 192.168.2
        { 192.168.2/24;                            // THEN use .2, or .1 or .3
            { 192.168.1/24; 192.168.3/24; }; }; };
    { 192.168.3/24;                                // IF   on class C 192.168.3
        { 192.168.3/24;                            // THEN use .3, or .1 or .2
            { 192.168.1/24; 192.168.2/24; }; }; };
    { { 192.168.4/24; 192.168.5/24; };             // if .4 or .5, prefer that net
    };
};</pre>
<p>
            The following example will give reasonable behavior for the
            local host and hosts on directly connected networks. It is similar
            to the behavior of the address sort in <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 4.9.x. Responses sent
            to queries from the local host will favor any of the directly
            connected
            networks. Responses sent to queries from any other hosts on a
            directly
            connected network will prefer addresses on that same network.
            Responses
            to other queries will not be sorted.
          </p>
<pre class="programlisting">sortlist {
           { localhost; localnets; };
           { localnets; };
};
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="rrset_ordering"></a>RRset Ordering</h4></div></div></div>
<p>
            When multiple records are returned in an answer it may be
            useful to configure the order of the records placed into the
            response.
            The <span><strong class="command">rrset-order</strong></span> statement permits
            configuration
            of the ordering of the records in a multiple record response.
            See also the <span><strong class="command">sortlist</strong></span> statement,
            <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#the_sortlist_statement" title="The sortlist Statement">the section called &#8220;The <span><strong class="command">sortlist</strong></span> Statement&#8221;</a>.
          </p>
<p>
            An <span><strong class="command">order_spec</strong></span> is defined as
            follows:
          </p>
<p>
            [<span class="optional">class <em class="replaceable"><code>class_name</code></em></span>]
            [<span class="optional">type <em class="replaceable"><code>type_name</code></em></span>]
            [<span class="optional">name <em class="replaceable"><code>"domain_name"</code></em></span>]
            order <em class="replaceable"><code>ordering</code></em>
          </p>
<p>
            If no class is specified, the default is <span><strong class="command">ANY</strong></span>.
            If no type is specified, the default is <span><strong class="command">ANY</strong></span>.
            If no name is specified, the default is "<span><strong class="command">*</strong></span>" (asterisk).
          </p>
<p>
            The legal values for <span><strong class="command">ordering</strong></span> are:
          </p>
<div class="informaltable"><table border="1">
<colgroup>
<col>
<col>
</colgroup>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">fixed</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      Records are returned in the order they
                      are defined in the zone file.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">random</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      Records are returned in some random order.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">cyclic</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      Records are returned in a round-robin
                      order.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table></div>
<p>
            For example:
          </p>
<pre class="programlisting">rrset-order {
   class IN type A name "host.example.com" order random;
   order cyclic;
};
</pre>
<p>
            will cause any responses for type A records in class IN that
            have "<code class="literal">host.example.com</code>" as a
            suffix, to always be returned
            in random order. All other records are returned in cyclic order.
          </p>
<p>
            If multiple <span><strong class="command">rrset-order</strong></span> statements
            appear,
            they are not combined &#8212; the last one applies.
          </p>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p>
              The <span><strong class="command">rrset-order</strong></span> statement
              is not yet fully implemented in <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9.
              BIND 9 currently does not fully support "fixed" ordering.
            </p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="tuning"></a>Tuning</h4></div></div></div>
<div class="variablelist"><dl>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">lame-ttl</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Sets the number of seconds to cache a
                  lame server indication. 0 disables caching. (This is
                  <span class="bold"><strong>NOT</strong></span> recommended.)
                  The default is <code class="literal">600</code> (10 minutes) and the
                  maximum value is
                  <code class="literal">1800</code> (30 minutes).
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">max-ncache-ttl</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  To reduce network traffic and increase performance,
                  the server stores negative answers. <span><strong class="command">max-ncache-ttl</strong></span> is
                  used to set a maximum retention time for these answers in
                  the server
                  in seconds. The default
                  <span><strong class="command">max-ncache-ttl</strong></span> is <code class="literal">10800</code> seconds (3 hours).
                  <span><strong class="command">max-ncache-ttl</strong></span> cannot exceed
                  7 days and will
                  be silently truncated to 7 days if set to a greater value.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">max-cache-ttl</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Sets the maximum time for which the server will
                  cache ordinary (positive) answers. The default is
                  one week (7 days).
                  A value of zero may cause all queries to return
                  SERVFAIL, because of lost caches of intermediate
                  RRsets (such as NS and glue AAAA/A records) in the
                  resolution process.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">min-roots</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd>
<p>
                  The minimum number of root servers that
                  is required for a request for the root servers to be
                  accepted. The default
                  is <strong class="userinput"><code>2</code></strong>.
                </p>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p>
                    Not implemented in <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9.
                  </p>
</div>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">sig-validity-interval</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Specifies the number of days into the
                  future when DNSSEC signatures automatically generated as a
                  result
                  of dynamic updates (<a href="Bv9ARM.ch04.html#dynamic_update" title="Dynamic Update">the section called &#8220;Dynamic Update&#8221;</a>)
                  will expire. The default is <code class="literal">30</code> days.
                  The maximum value is 10 years (3660 days). The signature
                  inception time is unconditionally set to one hour before the
                  current time
                  to allow for a limited amount of clock skew.
                </p></dd>
<dt>
<span class="term"><span><strong class="command">min-refresh-time</strong></span>, </span><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">max-refresh-time</strong></span>, </span><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">min-retry-time</strong></span>, </span><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">max-retry-time</strong></span></span>
</dt>
<dd>
<p>
                  These options control the server's behavior on refreshing a
                  zone
                  (querying for SOA changes) or retrying failed transfers.
                  Usually the SOA values for the zone are used, but these
                  values
                  are set by the master, giving slave server administrators
                  little
                  control over their contents.
                </p>
<p>
                  These options allow the administrator to set a minimum and
                  maximum
                  refresh and retry time either per-zone, per-view, or
                  globally.
                  These options are valid for slave and stub zones,
                  and clamp the SOA refresh and retry times to the specified
                  values.
                </p>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">edns-udp-size</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Sets the advertised EDNS UDP buffer size in bytes.  Valid
                  values are 512 to 4096 (values outside this range
                  will be silently adjusted).  The default value is
                  4096.  The usual reason for setting edns-udp-size to
                  a non-default value is to get UDP answers to pass
                  through broken firewalls that block fragmented
                  packets and/or block UDP packets that are greater
                  than 512 bytes.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">max-udp-size</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Sets the maximum EDNS UDP message size named will
                  send in bytes.  Valid values are 512 to 4096 (values outside
                  this range will be silently adjusted).  The default
                  value is 4096.  The usual reason for setting
                  max-udp-size to a non-default value is to get UDP
                  answers to pass through broken firewalls that
                  block fragmented packets and/or block UDP packets
                  that are greater than 512 bytes.
                  This is independent of the advertised receive
                  buffer (<span><strong class="command">edns-udp-size</strong></span>).
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">masterfile-format</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>Specifies
                  the file format of zone files (see
                  <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#zonefile_format" title="Additional File Formats">the section called &#8220;Additional File Formats&#8221;</a>).
                  The default value is <code class="constant">text</code>, which is the
                  standard textual representation.  Files in other formats
                  than <code class="constant">text</code> are typically expected
                  to be generated by the <span><strong class="command">named-compilezone</strong></span> tool.
                  Note that when a zone file in a different format than
                  <code class="constant">text</code> is loaded, <span><strong class="command">named</strong></span>
                  may omit some of the checks which would be performed for a
                  file in the <code class="constant">text</code> format.  In particular,
                  <span><strong class="command">check-names</strong></span> checks do not apply
                  for the <code class="constant">raw</code> format.  This means
                  a zone file in the <code class="constant">raw</code> format
                  must be generated with the same check level as that
                  specified in the <span><strong class="command">named</strong></span> configuration
                  file.  This statement sets the
                  <span><strong class="command">masterfile-format</strong></span> for all zones,
                  but can be overridden on a per-zone or per-view basis
                  by including a <span><strong class="command">masterfile-format</strong></span>
                  statement within the <span><strong class="command">zone</strong></span> or
                  <span><strong class="command">view</strong></span> block in the configuration
                  file.
                </p></dd>
<dt>
<span class="term"><span><strong class="command">clients-per-query</strong></span>, </span><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">max-clients-per-query</strong></span></span>
</dt>
<dd>
<p>These set the
                  initial value (minimum) and maximum number of recursive
                  simultanious clients for any given query
                  (&lt;qname,qtype,qclass&gt;) that the server will accept
                  before dropping additional clients.  named will attempt to
                  self tune this value and changes will be logged.  The
                  default values are 10 and 100.
                </p>
<p>
                  This value should reflect how many queries come in for
                  a given name in the time it takes to resolve that name.
                  If the number of queries exceed this value, named will
                  assume that it is dealing with a non-responsive zone
                  and will drop additional queries.  If it gets a response
                  after dropping queries, it will raise the estimate.  The
                  estimate will then be lowered in 20 minutes if it has
                  remained unchanged.
                </p>
<p>
                  If <span><strong class="command">clients-per-query</strong></span> is set to zero,
                  then there is no limit on the number of clients per query
                  and no queries will be dropped.
                </p>
<p>
                  If <span><strong class="command">max-clients-per-query</strong></span> is set to zero,
                  then there is no upper bound other than imposed by
                  <span><strong class="command">recursive-clients</strong></span>.
                </p>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">notify-delay</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  The delay, in seconds, between sending sets of notify
                  messages for a zone.  The default is zero.
                </p></dd>
</dl></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="builtin"></a>Built-in server information zones</h4></div></div></div>
<p>
            The server provides some helpful diagnostic information
            through a number of built-in zones under the
            pseudo-top-level-domain <code class="literal">bind</code> in the
            <span><strong class="command">CHAOS</strong></span> class.  These zones are part
            of a
            built-in view (see <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#view_statement_grammar" title="view Statement Grammar">the section called &#8220;<span><strong class="command">view</strong></span> Statement Grammar&#8221;</a>) of
            class
            <span><strong class="command">CHAOS</strong></span> which is separate from the
            default view of
            class <span><strong class="command">IN</strong></span>; therefore, any global
            server options
            such as <span><strong class="command">allow-query</strong></span> do not apply
            the these zones.
            If you feel the need to disable these zones, use the options
            below, or hide the built-in <span><strong class="command">CHAOS</strong></span>
            view by
            defining an explicit view of class <span><strong class="command">CHAOS</strong></span>
            that matches all clients.
          </p>
<div class="variablelist"><dl>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">version</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  The version the server should report
                  via a query of the name <code class="literal">version.bind</code>
                  with type <span><strong class="command">TXT</strong></span>, class <span><strong class="command">CHAOS</strong></span>.
                  The default is the real version number of this server.
                  Specifying <span><strong class="command">version none</strong></span>
                  disables processing of the queries.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">hostname</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  The hostname the server should report via a query of
                  the name <code class="filename">hostname.bind</code>
                  with type <span><strong class="command">TXT</strong></span>, class <span><strong class="command">CHAOS</strong></span>.
                  This defaults to the hostname of the machine hosting the
                  name server as
                  found by the gethostname() function.  The primary purpose of such queries
                  is to
                  identify which of a group of anycast servers is actually
                  answering your queries.  Specifying <span><strong class="command">hostname none;</strong></span>
                  disables processing of the queries.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">server-id</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  The ID of the server should report via a query of
                  the name <code class="filename">ID.SERVER</code>
                  with type <span><strong class="command">TXT</strong></span>, class <span><strong class="command">CHAOS</strong></span>.
                  The primary purpose of such queries is to
                  identify which of a group of anycast servers is actually
                  answering your queries.  Specifying <span><strong class="command">server-id none;</strong></span>
                  disables processing of the queries.
                  Specifying <span><strong class="command">server-id hostname;</strong></span> will cause named to
                  use the hostname as found by the gethostname() function.
                  The default <span><strong class="command">server-id</strong></span> is <span><strong class="command">none</strong></span>.
                </p></dd>
</dl></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="empty"></a>Built-in Empty Zones</h4></div></div></div>
<p>
            Named has some built-in empty zones (SOA and NS records only).
            These are for zones that should normally be answered locally
            and which queries should not be sent to the Internet's root
            servers.  The official servers which cover these namespaces
            return NXDOMAIN responses to these queries.  In particular,
            these cover the reverse namespace for addresses from RFC 1918 and
            RFC 3330.  They also include the reverse namespace for IPv6 local
            address (locally assigned), IPv6 link local addresses, the IPv6
            loopback address and the IPv6 unknown addresss.
          </p>
<p>
            Named will attempt to determine if a built in zone already exists
            or is active (covered by a forward-only forwarding declaration)
            and will not not create a empty zone in that case.
          </p>
<p>
            The current list of empty zones is:
            </p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc">
<li>0.IN-ADDR.ARPA</li>
<li>127.IN-ADDR.ARPA</li>
<li>254.169.IN-ADDR.ARPA</li>
<li>2.0.192.IN-ADDR.ARPA</li>
<li>255.255.255.255.IN-ADDR.ARPA</li>
<li>0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.IP6.ARPA</li>
<li>1.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.IP6.ARPA</li>
<li>D.F.IP6.ARPA</li>
<li>8.E.F.IP6.ARPA</li>
<li>9.E.F.IP6.ARPA</li>
<li>A.E.F.IP6.ARPA</li>
<li>B.E.F.IP6.ARPA</li>
</ul></div>
<p>
          </p>
<p>
            Empty zones are settable at the view level and only apply to
            views of class IN.  Disabled empty zones are only inherited
            from options if there are no disabled empty zones specified
            at the view level.  To override the options list of disabled
            zones, you can disable the root zone at the view level, for example:
</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
            disable-empty-zone ".";
</pre>
<p>
          </p>
<p>
            If you are using the address ranges covered here, you should
            already have reverse zones covering the addresses you use.
            In practice this appears to not be the case with many queries
            being made to the infrastructure servers for names in these
            spaces.  So many in fact that sacrificial servers were needed
            to be deployed to channel the query load away from the
            infrastructure servers.
          </p>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
            The real parent servers for these zones should disable all
            empty zone under the parent zone they serve.  For the real
            root servers, this is all built in empty zones.  This will
            enable them to return referrals to deeper in the tree.
          </div>
<div class="variablelist"><dl>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">empty-server</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Specify what server name will appear in the returned
                  SOA record for empty zones.  If none is specified, then
                  the zone's name will be used.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">empty-contact</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Specify what contact name will appear in the returned
                  SOA record for empty zones.  If none is specified, then
                  "." will be used.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">empty-zones-enable</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Enable or disable all empty zones.  By default they
                  are enabled.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">disable-empty-zone</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  Disable individual empty zones.  By default none are
                  disabled.  This option can be specified multiple times.
                </p></dd>
</dl></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="statsfile"></a>The Statistics File</h4></div></div></div>
<p>
            The statistics file generated by <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9
            is similar, but not identical, to that
            generated by <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 8.
          </p>
<p>
            The statistics dump begins with a line, like:
          </p>
<p>
            <span><strong class="command">+++ Statistics Dump +++ (973798949)</strong></span>
          </p>
<p>
            The number in parentheses is a standard
            Unix-style timestamp, measured as seconds since January 1, 1970.
            Following
            that line are a series of lines containing a counter type, the
            value of the
            counter, optionally a zone name, and optionally a view name.
            The lines without view and zone listed are global statistics for
            the entire server.
            Lines with a zone and view name for the given view and zone (the
            view name is
            omitted for the default view).
          </p>
<p>
            The statistics dump ends with the line where the
            number is identical to the number in the beginning line; for example:
          </p>
<p>
            <span><strong class="command">--- Statistics Dump --- (973798949)</strong></span>
          </p>
<p>
            The following statistics counters are maintained:
          </p>
<div class="informaltable"><table border="1">
<colgroup>
<col>
<col>
</colgroup>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">success</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      The number of
                      successful queries made to the server or zone.  A
                      successful query
                      is defined as query which returns a NOERROR response
                      with at least
                      one answer RR.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">referral</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      The number of queries which resulted
                      in referral responses.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">nxrrset</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      The number of queries which resulted in
                      NOERROR responses with no data.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">nxdomain</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      The number
                      of queries which resulted in NXDOMAIN responses.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">failure</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      The number of queries which resulted in a
                      failure response other than those above.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">recursion</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      The number of queries which caused the server
                      to perform recursion in order to find the final answer.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">duplicate</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      The number of queries which the server attempted to
                      recurse but discover a existing query with the same
                      IP address, port, query id, name, type and class
                      already being processed.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">dropped</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      The number of queries for which the server
                      discovered a excessive number of existing
                      recursive queries for the same name, type and
                      class and were subsequently dropped.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table></div>
<p>
            Each query received by the server will cause exactly one of
            <span><strong class="command">success</strong></span>,
            <span><strong class="command">referral</strong></span>,
            <span><strong class="command">nxrrset</strong></span>,
            <span><strong class="command">nxdomain</strong></span>,
            <span><strong class="command">failure</strong></span>,
            <span><strong class="command">duplicate</strong></span>, or
            <span><strong class="command">dropped</strong></span>
            to be incremented, and may additionally cause the
            <span><strong class="command">recursion</strong></span> counter to be
            incremented.
          </p>
</div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="acache"></a>Additional Section Caching</h4></div></div></div>
<p>
            The additional section cache, also called <span><strong class="command">acache</strong></span>,
            is an internal cache to improve the response performance of BIND 9.
            When additional section caching is enabled, BIND 9 will
            cache an internal short-cut to the additional section content for
            each answer RR.
            Note that <span><strong class="command">acache</strong></span> is an internal caching
            mechanism of BIND 9, and is not related to the DNS caching
            server function.
          </p>
<p>
            Additional section caching does not change the
            response content (except the RRsets ordering of the additional
            section, see below), but can improve the response performance
            significantly.
            It is particularly effective when BIND 9 acts as an authoritative
            server for a zone that has many delegations with many glue RRs.
          </p>
<p>
            In order to obtain the maximum performance improvement
            from additional section caching, setting
            <span><strong class="command">additional-from-cache</strong></span>
            to <span><strong class="command">no</strong></span> is recommended, since the current
            implementation of <span><strong class="command">acache</strong></span>
            does not short-cut of additional section information from the
            DNS cache data.
          </p>
<p>
            One obvious disadvantage of <span><strong class="command">acache</strong></span> is
            that it requires much more
            memory for the internal cached data.
            Thus, if the response performance does not matter and memory
            consumption is much more critical, the
            <span><strong class="command">acache</strong></span> mechanism can be
            disabled by setting <span><strong class="command">acache-enable</strong></span> to
            <span><strong class="command">no</strong></span>.
            It is also possible to specify the upper limit of memory
            consumption
            for acache by using <span><strong class="command">max-acache-size</strong></span>.
          </p>
<p>
            Additional section caching also has a minor effect on the
            RRset ordering in the additional section.
            Without <span><strong class="command">acache</strong></span>,
            <span><strong class="command">cyclic</strong></span> order is effective for the additional
            section as well as the answer and authority sections.
            However, additional section caching fixes the ordering when it
            first caches an RRset for the additional section, and the same
            ordering will be kept in succeeding responses, regardless of the
            setting of <span><strong class="command">rrset-order</strong></span>.
            The effect of this should be minor, however, since an
            RRset in the additional section
            typically only contains a small number of RRs (and in many cases
            it only contains a single RR), in which case the
            ordering does not matter much.
          </p>
<p>
            The following is a summary of options related to
            <span><strong class="command">acache</strong></span>.
          </p>
<div class="variablelist"><dl>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">acache-enable</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  If <span><strong class="command">yes</strong></span>, additional section caching is
                  enabled.  The default value is <span><strong class="command">no</strong></span>.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">acache-cleaning-interval</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  The server will remove stale cache entries, based on an LRU
                  based
                  algorithm, every <span><strong class="command">acache-cleaning-interval</strong></span> minutes.
                  The default is 60 minutes.
                  If set to 0, no periodic cleaning will occur.
                </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">max-acache-size</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                  The maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for the server's acache.
                  When the amount of data in the acache reaches this limit,
                  the server
                  will clean more aggressively so that the limit is not
                  exceeded.
                  In a server with multiple views, the limit applies
                  separately to the
                  acache of each view.
                  The default is <code class="literal">unlimited</code>,
                  meaning that
                  entries are purged from the acache only at the
                  periodic cleaning time.
                </p></dd>
</dl></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="server_statement_grammar"></a><span><strong class="command">server</strong></span> Statement Grammar</h3></div></div></div>
<pre class="programlisting"><span><strong class="command">server</strong></span> <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_addr[/prefixlen]</code></em> {
    [<span class="optional"> bogus <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> provide-ixfr <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> request-ixfr <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> edns <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> edns-udp-size <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-udp-size <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> transfers <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> transfer-format <em class="replaceable"><code>( one-answer | many-answers )</code></em> ; ]</span>]
    [<span class="optional"> keys <em class="replaceable"><code>{ string ; [<span class="optional"> string ; [<span class="optional">...</span>]</span>] }</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> transfer-source (<em class="replaceable"><code>ip4_addr</code></em> | <code class="constant">*</code>) [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> transfer-source-v6 (<em class="replaceable"><code>ip6_addr</code></em> | <code class="constant">*</code>) [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> notify-source (<em class="replaceable"><code>ip4_addr</code></em> | <code class="constant">*</code>) [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> notify-source-v6 (<em class="replaceable"><code>ip6_addr</code></em> | <code class="constant">*</code>) [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> query-source [<span class="optional"> address ( <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_addr</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em> ) </span>] [<span class="optional"> port ( <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em> ) </span>]; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> query-source-v6 [<span class="optional"> address ( <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_addr</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em> ) </span>] [<span class="optional"> port ( <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em> ) </span>]; </span>]
};
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="server_statement_definition_and_usage"></a><span><strong class="command">server</strong></span> Statement Definition and
            Usage</h3></div></div></div>
<p>
            The <span><strong class="command">server</strong></span> statement defines
            characteristics
            to be associated with a remote name server.  If a prefix length is
            specified, then a range of servers is covered.  Only the most
            specific
            server clause applies regardless of the order in
            <code class="filename">named.conf</code>.
          </p>
<p>
            The <span><strong class="command">server</strong></span> statement can occur at
            the top level of the
            configuration file or inside a <span><strong class="command">view</strong></span>
            statement.
            If a <span><strong class="command">view</strong></span> statement contains
            one or more <span><strong class="command">server</strong></span> statements, only
            those
            apply to the view and any top-level ones are ignored.
            If a view contains no <span><strong class="command">server</strong></span>
            statements,
            any top-level <span><strong class="command">server</strong></span> statements are
            used as
            defaults.
          </p>
<p>
            If you discover that a remote server is giving out bad data,
            marking it as bogus will prevent further queries to it. The
            default
            value of <span><strong class="command">bogus</strong></span> is <span><strong class="command">no</strong></span>.
          </p>
<p>
            The <span><strong class="command">provide-ixfr</strong></span> clause determines
            whether
            the local server, acting as master, will respond with an
            incremental
            zone transfer when the given remote server, a slave, requests it.
            If set to <span><strong class="command">yes</strong></span>, incremental transfer
            will be provided
            whenever possible. If set to <span><strong class="command">no</strong></span>,
            all transfers
            to the remote server will be non-incremental. If not set, the
            value
            of the <span><strong class="command">provide-ixfr</strong></span> option in the
            view or
            global options block is used as a default.
          </p>
<p>
            The <span><strong class="command">request-ixfr</strong></span> clause determines
            whether
            the local server, acting as a slave, will request incremental zone
            transfers from the given remote server, a master. If not set, the
            value of the <span><strong class="command">request-ixfr</strong></span> option in
            the view or
            global options block is used as a default.
          </p>
<p>
            IXFR requests to servers that do not support IXFR will
            automatically
            fall back to AXFR.  Therefore, there is no need to manually list
            which servers support IXFR and which ones do not; the global
            default
            of <span><strong class="command">yes</strong></span> should always work.
            The purpose of the <span><strong class="command">provide-ixfr</strong></span> and
            <span><strong class="command">request-ixfr</strong></span> clauses is
            to make it possible to disable the use of IXFR even when both
            master
            and slave claim to support it, for example if one of the servers
            is buggy and crashes or corrupts data when IXFR is used.
          </p>
<p>
            The <span><strong class="command">edns</strong></span> clause determines whether
            the local server will attempt to use EDNS when communicating
            with the remote server.  The default is <span><strong class="command">yes</strong></span>.
          </p>
<p>
            The <span><strong class="command">edns-udp-size</strong></span> option sets the EDNS UDP size
            that is advertised by named when querying the remote server.
            Valid values are 512 to 4096 bytes (values outside this range will be
            silently adjusted).  This option is useful when you wish to
            advertises a different value to this server than the value you
            advertise globally, for example, when there is a firewall at the
            remote site that is blocking large replies.
          </p>
<p>
            The <span><strong class="command">max-udp-size</strong></span> option sets the
            maximum EDNS UDP message size named will send.  Valid
            values are 512 to 4096 bytes (values outside this range will
            be silently adjusted).  This option is useful when you
            know that there is a firewall that is blocking large
            replies from named.
          </p>
<p>
            The server supports two zone transfer methods. The first, <span><strong class="command">one-answer</strong></span>,
            uses one DNS message per resource record transferred. <span><strong class="command">many-answers</strong></span> packs
            as many resource records as possible into a message. <span><strong class="command">many-answers</strong></span> is
            more efficient, but is only known to be understood by <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9, <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym>
            8.x, and patched versions of <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym>
            4.9.5. You can specify which method
            to use for a server with the <span><strong class="command">transfer-format</strong></span> option.
            If <span><strong class="command">transfer-format</strong></span> is not
            specified, the <span><strong class="command">transfer-format</strong></span>
            specified
            by the <span><strong class="command">options</strong></span> statement will be
            used.
          </p>
<p><span><strong class="command">transfers</strong></span>
            is used to limit the number of concurrent inbound zone
            transfers from the specified server. If no
            <span><strong class="command">transfers</strong></span> clause is specified, the
            limit is set according to the
            <span><strong class="command">transfers-per-ns</strong></span> option.
          </p>
<p>
            The <span><strong class="command">keys</strong></span> clause identifies a
            <span><strong class="command">key_id</strong></span> defined by the <span><strong class="command">key</strong></span> statement,
            to be used for transaction security (TSIG, <a href="Bv9ARM.ch04.html#tsig" title="TSIG">the section called &#8220;TSIG&#8221;</a>)
            when talking to the remote server.
            When a request is sent to the remote server, a request signature
            will be generated using the key specified here and appended to the
            message. A request originating from the remote server is not
            required
            to be signed by this key.
          </p>
<p>
            Although the grammar of the <span><strong class="command">keys</strong></span>
            clause
            allows for multiple keys, only a single key per server is
            currently
            supported.
          </p>
<p>
            The <span><strong class="command">transfer-source</strong></span> and
            <span><strong class="command">transfer-source-v6</strong></span> clauses specify
            the IPv4 and IPv6 source
            address to be used for zone transfer with the remote server,
            respectively.
            For an IPv4 remote server, only <span><strong class="command">transfer-source</strong></span> can
            be specified.
            Similarly, for an IPv6 remote server, only
            <span><strong class="command">transfer-source-v6</strong></span> can be
            specified.
            For more details, see the description of
            <span><strong class="command">transfer-source</strong></span> and
            <span><strong class="command">transfer-source-v6</strong></span> in
            <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#zone_transfers" title="Zone Transfers">the section called &#8220;Zone Transfers&#8221;</a>.
          </p>
<p>
            The <span><strong class="command">notify-source</strong></span> and
            <span><strong class="command">notify-source-v6</strong></span> clauses specify the
            IPv4 and IPv6 source address to be used for notify
            messages sent to remote servers, respectively.  For an
            IPv4 remote server, only <span><strong class="command">notify-source</strong></span>
            can be specified.  Similarly, for an IPv6 remote server,
            only <span><strong class="command">notify-source-v6</strong></span> can be specified.
          </p>
<p>
            The <span><strong class="command">query-source</strong></span> and
            <span><strong class="command">query-source-v6</strong></span> clauses specify the
            IPv4 and IPv6 source address to be used for queries
            sent to remote servers, respectively.  For an IPv4
            remote server, only <span><strong class="command">query-source</strong></span> can
            be specified.  Similarly, for an IPv6 remote server,
            only <span><strong class="command">query-source-v6</strong></span> can be specified.
          </p>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="id2585614"></a><span><strong class="command">trusted-keys</strong></span> Statement Grammar</h3></div></div></div>
<pre class="programlisting"><span><strong class="command">trusted-keys</strong></span> {
    <em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em> ;
    [<span class="optional"> <em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em> ; [<span class="optional">...</span>]</span>]
};
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="id2585666"></a><span><strong class="command">trusted-keys</strong></span> Statement Definition
            and Usage</h3></div></div></div>
<p>
            The <span><strong class="command">trusted-keys</strong></span> statement defines
            DNSSEC security roots. DNSSEC is described in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch04.html#DNSSEC" title="DNSSEC">the section called &#8220;DNSSEC&#8221;</a>. A security root is defined when the
            public key for a non-authoritative zone is known, but
            cannot be securely obtained through DNS, either because
            it is the DNS root zone or because its parent zone is
            unsigned.  Once a key has been configured as a trusted
            key, it is treated as if it had been validated and
            proven secure. The resolver attempts DNSSEC validation
            on all DNS data in subdomains of a security root.
          </p>
<p>
            All keys (and corresponding zones) listed in
            <span><strong class="command">trusted-keys</strong></span> are deemed to exist regardless
            of what parent zones say.  Similarly for all keys listed in
            <span><strong class="command">trusted-keys</strong></span> only those keys are
            used to validate the DNSKEY RRset.  The parent's DS RRset
            will not be used.
          </p>
<p>
            The <span><strong class="command">trusted-keys</strong></span> statement can contain
            multiple key entries, each consisting of the key's
            domain name, flags, protocol, algorithm, and the Base-64
            representation of the key data.
          </p>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="view_statement_grammar"></a><span><strong class="command">view</strong></span> Statement Grammar</h3></div></div></div>
<pre class="programlisting"><span><strong class="command">view</strong></span> <em class="replaceable"><code>view_name</code></em>
      [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>class</code></em></span>] {
      match-clients { <em class="replaceable"><code>address_match_list</code></em> };
      match-destinations { <em class="replaceable"><code>address_match_list</code></em> };
      match-recursive-only <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> ;
      [<span class="optional"> <em class="replaceable"><code>view_option</code></em>; ...</span>]
      [<span class="optional"> <em class="replaceable"><code>zone_statement</code></em>; ...</span>]
};
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="id2585748"></a><span><strong class="command">view</strong></span> Statement Definition and Usage</h3></div></div></div>
<p>
            The <span><strong class="command">view</strong></span> statement is a powerful
            feature
            of <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9 that lets a name server
            answer a DNS query differently
            depending on who is asking. It is particularly useful for
            implementing
            split DNS setups without having to run multiple servers.
          </p>
<p>
            Each <span><strong class="command">view</strong></span> statement defines a view
            of the
            DNS namespace that will be seen by a subset of clients.  A client
            matches
            a view if its source IP address matches the
            <code class="varname">address_match_list</code> of the view's
            <span><strong class="command">match-clients</strong></span> clause and its
            destination IP address matches
            the <code class="varname">address_match_list</code> of the
            view's
            <span><strong class="command">match-destinations</strong></span> clause.  If not
            specified, both
            <span><strong class="command">match-clients</strong></span> and <span><strong class="command">match-destinations</strong></span>
            default to matching all addresses.  In addition to checking IP
            addresses
            <span><strong class="command">match-clients</strong></span> and <span><strong class="command">match-destinations</strong></span>
            can also take <span><strong class="command">keys</strong></span> which provide an
            mechanism for the
            client to select the view.  A view can also be specified
            as <span><strong class="command">match-recursive-only</strong></span>, which
            means that only recursive
            requests from matching clients will match that view.
            The order of the <span><strong class="command">view</strong></span> statements is
            significant &#8212;
            a client request will be resolved in the context of the first
            <span><strong class="command">view</strong></span> that it matches.
          </p>
<p>
            Zones defined within a <span><strong class="command">view</strong></span>
            statement will
            only be accessible to clients that match the <span><strong class="command">view</strong></span>.
            By defining a zone of the same name in multiple views, different
            zone data can be given to different clients, for example,
            "internal"
            and "external" clients in a split DNS setup.
          </p>
<p>
            Many of the options given in the <span><strong class="command">options</strong></span> statement
            can also be used within a <span><strong class="command">view</strong></span>
            statement, and then
            apply only when resolving queries with that view.  When no
            view-specific
            value is given, the value in the <span><strong class="command">options</strong></span> statement
            is used as a default.  Also, zone options can have default values
            specified
            in the <span><strong class="command">view</strong></span> statement; these
            view-specific defaults
            take precedence over those in the <span><strong class="command">options</strong></span> statement.
          </p>
<p>
            Views are class specific.  If no class is given, class IN
            is assumed.  Note that all non-IN views must contain a hint zone,
            since only the IN class has compiled-in default hints.
          </p>
<p>
            If there are no <span><strong class="command">view</strong></span> statements in
            the config
            file, a default view that matches any client is automatically
            created
            in class IN. Any <span><strong class="command">zone</strong></span> statements
            specified on
            the top level of the configuration file are considered to be part
            of
            this default view, and the <span><strong class="command">options</strong></span>
            statement will
            apply to the default view. If any explicit <span><strong class="command">view</strong></span>
            statements are present, all <span><strong class="command">zone</strong></span>
            statements must
            occur inside <span><strong class="command">view</strong></span> statements.
          </p>
<p>
            Here is an example of a typical split DNS setup implemented
            using <span><strong class="command">view</strong></span> statements:
          </p>
<pre class="programlisting">view "internal" {
      // This should match our internal networks.
      match-clients { 10.0.0.0/8; };

      // Provide recursive service to internal clients only.
      recursion yes;

      // Provide a complete view of the example.com zone
      // including addresses of internal hosts.
      zone "example.com" {
            type master;
            file "example-internal.db";
      };
};

view "external" {
      // Match all clients not matched by the previous view.
      match-clients { any; };

      // Refuse recursive service to external clients.
      recursion no;

      // Provide a restricted view of the example.com zone
      // containing only publicly accessible hosts.
      zone "example.com" {
           type master;
           file "example-external.db";
      };
};
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="zone_statement_grammar"></a><span><strong class="command">zone</strong></span>
            Statement Grammar</h3></div></div></div>
<pre class="programlisting"><span><strong class="command">zone</strong></span> <em class="replaceable"><code>zone_name</code></em> [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>class</code></em></span>] {
    type master;
    [<span class="optional"> allow-query { <em class="replaceable"><code>address_match_list</code></em> }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> allow-transfer { <em class="replaceable"><code>address_match_list</code></em> }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> allow-update { <em class="replaceable"><code>address_match_list</code></em> }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> update-policy { <em class="replaceable"><code>update_policy_rule</code></em> [<span class="optional">...</span>] }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> also-notify { <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_addr</code></em> [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; [<span class="optional"> <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_addr</code></em> [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; ... </span>] }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> check-names (<code class="constant">warn</code>|<code class="constant">fail</code>|<code class="constant">ignore</code>) ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> check-mx (<code class="constant">warn</code>|<code class="constant">fail</code>|<code class="constant">ignore</code>) ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> check-wildcard <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> check-integrity <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> dialup <em class="replaceable"><code>dialup_option</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> file <em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> masterfile-format (<code class="constant">text</code>|<code class="constant">raw</code>) ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> journal <em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> forward (<code class="constant">only</code>|<code class="constant">first</code>) ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> forwarders { [<span class="optional"> <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_addr</code></em> [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; ... </span>] }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> ixfr-base <em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> ixfr-tmp-file <em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> maintain-ixfr-base <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-ixfr-log-size <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-transfer-idle-out <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-transfer-time-out <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> notify <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>explicit</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>master-only</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> notify-delay <em class="replaceable"><code>seconds</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> pubkey <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> notify-source (<em class="replaceable"><code>ip4_addr</code></em> | <code class="constant">*</code>) [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> notify-source-v6 (<em class="replaceable"><code>ip6_addr</code></em> | <code class="constant">*</code>) [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> zone-statistics <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> sig-validity-interval <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> database <em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> min-refresh-time <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-refresh-time <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> min-retry-time <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-retry-time <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> key-directory <em class="replaceable"><code>path_name</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> zero-no-soa-ttl <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> ; </span>]
};

zone <em class="replaceable"><code>zone_name</code></em> [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>class</code></em></span>] {
    type slave;
    [<span class="optional"> allow-notify { <em class="replaceable"><code>address_match_list</code></em> }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> allow-query { <em class="replaceable"><code>address_match_list</code></em> }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> allow-transfer { <em class="replaceable"><code>address_match_list</code></em> }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> allow-update-forwarding { <em class="replaceable"><code>address_match_list</code></em> }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> update-check-ksk <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> also-notify { <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_addr</code></em> [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; [<span class="optional"> <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_addr</code></em> [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; ... </span>] }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> check-names (<code class="constant">warn</code>|<code class="constant">fail</code>|<code class="constant">ignore</code>) ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> dialup <em class="replaceable"><code>dialup_option</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> file <em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> masterfile-format (<code class="constant">text</code>|<code class="constant">raw</code>) ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> journal <em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> forward (<code class="constant">only</code>|<code class="constant">first</code>) ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> forwarders { [<span class="optional"> <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_addr</code></em> [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; ... </span>] }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> ixfr-base <em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> ixfr-tmp-file <em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> maintain-ixfr-base <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> masters [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] { ( <em class="replaceable"><code>masters_list</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_addr</code></em> [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] [<span class="optional">key <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em></span>] ) ; [<span class="optional">...</span>] }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-ixfr-log-size <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-transfer-idle-in <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-transfer-idle-out <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-transfer-time-in <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-transfer-time-out <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> notify <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>explicit</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>master-only</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> pubkey <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> transfer-source (<em class="replaceable"><code>ip4_addr</code></em> | <code class="constant">*</code>) [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> transfer-source-v6 (<em class="replaceable"><code>ip6_addr</code></em> | <code class="constant">*</code>) [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> alt-transfer-source (<em class="replaceable"><code>ip4_addr</code></em> | <code class="constant">*</code>) [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> alt-transfer-source-v6 (<em class="replaceable"><code>ip6_addr</code></em> | <code class="constant">*</code>) [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> use-alt-transfer-source <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> notify-source (<em class="replaceable"><code>ip4_addr</code></em> | <code class="constant">*</code>) [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> notify-source-v6 (<em class="replaceable"><code>ip6_addr</code></em> | <code class="constant">*</code>) [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> zone-statistics <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> database <em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> min-refresh-time <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-refresh-time <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> min-retry-time <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-retry-time <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> multi-master <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> zero-no-soa-ttl <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> ; </span>]
};

zone <em class="replaceable"><code>zone_name</code></em> [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>class</code></em></span>] {
    type hint;
    file <em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em> ;
    [<span class="optional"> delegation-only <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> check-names (<code class="constant">warn</code>|<code class="constant">fail</code>|<code class="constant">ignore</code>) ; // Not Implemented. </span>]
};

zone <em class="replaceable"><code>zone_name</code></em> [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>class</code></em></span>] {
    type stub;
    [<span class="optional"> allow-query { <em class="replaceable"><code>address_match_list</code></em> }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> check-names (<code class="constant">warn</code>|<code class="constant">fail</code>|<code class="constant">ignore</code>) ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> dialup <em class="replaceable"><code>dialup_option</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> delegation-only <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> file <em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> masterfile-format (<code class="constant">text</code>|<code class="constant">raw</code>) ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> forward (<code class="constant">only</code>|<code class="constant">first</code>) ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> forwarders { [<span class="optional"> <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_addr</code></em> [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; ... </span>] }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> masters [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] { ( <em class="replaceable"><code>masters_list</code></em> | <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_addr</code></em> [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] [<span class="optional">key <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em></span>] ) ; [<span class="optional">...</span>] }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-transfer-idle-in <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-transfer-time-in <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> pubkey <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> transfer-source (<em class="replaceable"><code>ip4_addr</code></em> | <code class="constant">*</code>) [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> transfer-source-v6 (<em class="replaceable"><code>ip6_addr</code></em> | <code class="constant">*</code>) [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> alt-transfer-source (<em class="replaceable"><code>ip4_addr</code></em> | <code class="constant">*</code>) [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> alt-transfer-source-v6 (<em class="replaceable"><code>ip6_addr</code></em> | <code class="constant">*</code>) [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> use-alt-transfer-source <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em>; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> zone-statistics <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> database <em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> min-refresh-time <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-refresh-time <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> min-retry-time <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> max-retry-time <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> multi-master <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> ; </span>]
};

zone <em class="replaceable"><code>zone_name</code></em> [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>class</code></em></span>] {
    type forward;
    [<span class="optional"> forward (<code class="constant">only</code>|<code class="constant">first</code>) ; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> forwarders { [<span class="optional"> <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_addr</code></em> [<span class="optional">port <em class="replaceable"><code>ip_port</code></em></span>] ; ... </span>] }; </span>]
    [<span class="optional"> delegation-only <em class="replaceable"><code>yes_or_no</code></em> ; </span>]
};

zone <em class="replaceable"><code>zone_name</code></em> [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>class</code></em></span>] {
    type delegation-only;
};

</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="id2587332"></a><span><strong class="command">zone</strong></span> Statement Definition and Usage</h3></div></div></div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="id2587339"></a>Zone Types</h4></div></div></div>
<div class="informaltable"><table border="1">
<colgroup>
<col>
<col>
</colgroup>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="varname">master</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        The server has a master copy of the data
                        for the zone and will be able to provide authoritative
                        answers for
                        it.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="varname">slave</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        A slave zone is a replica of a master
                        zone. The <span><strong class="command">masters</strong></span> list
                        specifies one or more IP addresses
                        of master servers that the slave contacts to update
                        its copy of the zone.
                        Masters list elements can also be names of other
                        masters lists.
                        By default, transfers are made from port 53 on the
                        servers; this can
                        be changed for all servers by specifying a port number
                        before the
                        list of IP addresses, or on a per-server basis after
                        the IP address.
                        Authentication to the master can also be done with
                        per-server TSIG keys.
                        If a file is specified, then the
                        replica will be written to this file whenever the zone
                        is changed,
                        and reloaded from this file on a server restart. Use
                        of a file is
                        recommended, since it often speeds server startup and
                        eliminates
                        a needless waste of bandwidth. Note that for large
                        numbers (in the
                        tens or hundreds of thousands) of zones per server, it
                        is best to
                        use a two-level naming scheme for zone filenames. For
                        example,
                        a slave server for the zone <code class="literal">example.com</code> might place
                        the zone contents into a file called
                        <code class="filename">ex/example.com</code> where <code class="filename">ex/</code> is
                        just the first two letters of the zone name. (Most
                        operating systems
                        behave very slowly if you put 100 000 files into
                        a single directory.)
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="varname">stub</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        A stub zone is similar to a slave zone,
                        except that it replicates only the NS records of a
                        master zone instead
                        of the entire zone. Stub zones are not a standard part
                        of the DNS;
                        they are a feature specific to the <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> implementation.
                      </p>

                      <p>
                        Stub zones can be used to eliminate the need for glue
                        NS record
                        in a parent zone at the expense of maintaining a stub
                        zone entry and
                        a set of name server addresses in <code class="filename">named.conf</code>.
                        This usage is not recommended for new configurations,
                        and BIND 9
                        supports it only in a limited way.
                        In <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 4/8, zone
                        transfers of a parent zone
                        included the NS records from stub children of that
                        zone. This meant
                        that, in some cases, users could get away with
                        configuring child stubs
                        only in the master server for the parent zone. <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym>
                        9 never mixes together zone data from different zones
                        in this
                        way. Therefore, if a <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9 master serving a parent
                        zone has child stub zones configured, all the slave
                        servers for the
                        parent zone also need to have the same child stub
                        zones
                        configured.
                      </p>

                      <p>
                        Stub zones can also be used as a way of forcing the
                        resolution
                        of a given domain to use a particular set of
                        authoritative servers.
                        For example, the caching name servers on a private
                        network using
                        RFC1918 addressing may be configured with stub zones
                        for
                        <code class="literal">10.in-addr.arpa</code>
                        to use a set of internal name servers as the
                        authoritative
                        servers for that domain.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="varname">forward</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        A "forward zone" is a way to configure
                        forwarding on a per-domain basis.  A <span><strong class="command">zone</strong></span> statement
                        of type <span><strong class="command">forward</strong></span> can
                        contain a <span><strong class="command">forward</strong></span>
                        and/or <span><strong class="command">forwarders</strong></span>
                        statement,
                        which will apply to queries within the domain given by
                        the zone
                        name. If no <span><strong class="command">forwarders</strong></span>
                        statement is present or
                        an empty list for <span><strong class="command">forwarders</strong></span> is given, then no
                        forwarding will be done for the domain, canceling the
                        effects of
                        any forwarders in the <span><strong class="command">options</strong></span> statement. Thus
                        if you want to use this type of zone to change the
                        behavior of the
                        global <span><strong class="command">forward</strong></span> option
                        (that is, "forward first"
                        to, then "forward only", or vice versa, but want to
                        use the same
                        servers as set globally) you need to re-specify the
                        global forwarders.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="varname">hint</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        The initial set of root name servers is
                        specified using a "hint zone". When the server starts
                        up, it uses
                        the root hints to find a root name server and get the
                        most recent
                        list of root name servers. If no hint zone is
                        specified for class
                        IN, the server uses a compiled-in default set of root
                        servers hints.
                        Classes other than IN have no built-in defaults hints.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="varname">delegation-only</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        This is used to enforce the delegation-only
                        status of infrastructure zones (e.g. COM, NET, ORG).
                        Any answer that
                        is received without an explicit or implicit delegation
                        in the authority
                        section will be treated as NXDOMAIN.  This does not
                        apply to the zone
                        apex.  This should not be applied to leaf zones.
                      </p>
                      <p>
                        <code class="varname">delegation-only</code> has no
                        effect on answers received
                        from forwarders.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="id2587690"></a>Class</h4></div></div></div>
<p>
              The zone's name may optionally be followed by a class. If
              a class is not specified, class <code class="literal">IN</code> (for <code class="varname">Internet</code>),
              is assumed. This is correct for the vast majority of cases.
            </p>
<p>
              The <code class="literal">hesiod</code> class is
              named for an information service from MIT's Project Athena. It
              is
              used to share information about various systems databases, such
              as users, groups, printers and so on. The keyword
              <code class="literal">HS</code> is
              a synonym for hesiod.
            </p>
<p>
              Another MIT development is Chaosnet, a LAN protocol created
              in the mid-1970s. Zone data for it can be specified with the <code class="literal">CHAOS</code> class.
            </p>
</div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="id2587723"></a>Zone Options</h4></div></div></div>
<div class="variablelist"><dl>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">allow-notify</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of
                    <span><strong class="command">allow-notify</strong></span> in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#access_control" title="Access Control">the section called &#8220;Access Control&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">allow-query</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of
                    <span><strong class="command">allow-query</strong></span> in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#access_control" title="Access Control">the section called &#8220;Access Control&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">allow-transfer</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of <span><strong class="command">allow-transfer</strong></span>
                    in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#access_control" title="Access Control">the section called &#8220;Access Control&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">allow-update</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of <span><strong class="command">allow-update</strong></span>
                    in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#access_control" title="Access Control">the section called &#8220;Access Control&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">update-policy</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    Specifies a "Simple Secure Update" policy. See
                    <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#dynamic_update_policies" title="Dynamic Update Policies">the section called &#8220;Dynamic Update Policies&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">allow-update-forwarding</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of <span><strong class="command">allow-update-forwarding</strong></span>
                    in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#access_control" title="Access Control">the section called &#8220;Access Control&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">also-notify</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    Only meaningful if <span><strong class="command">notify</strong></span>
                    is
                    active for this zone. The set of machines that will
                    receive a
                    <code class="literal">DNS NOTIFY</code> message
                    for this zone is made up of all the listed name servers
                    (other than
                    the primary master) for the zone plus any IP addresses
                    specified
                    with <span><strong class="command">also-notify</strong></span>. A port
                    may be specified
                    with each <span><strong class="command">also-notify</strong></span>
                    address to send the notify
                    messages to a port other than the default of 53.
                    <span><strong class="command">also-notify</strong></span> is not
                    meaningful for stub zones.
                    The default is the empty list.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">check-names</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    This option is used to restrict the character set and
                    syntax of
                    certain domain names in master files and/or DNS responses
                    received from the
                    network.  The default varies according to zone type.  For <span><strong class="command">master</strong></span> zones the default is <span><strong class="command">fail</strong></span>.  For <span><strong class="command">slave</strong></span>
                    zones the default is <span><strong class="command">warn</strong></span>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">check-mx</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of
                    <span><strong class="command">check-mx</strong></span> in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#boolean_options" title="Boolean Options">the section called &#8220;Boolean Options&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">check-wildcard</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of
                    <span><strong class="command">check-wildcard</strong></span> in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#boolean_options" title="Boolean Options">the section called &#8220;Boolean Options&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">check-integrity</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of
                    <span><strong class="command">check-integrity</strong></span> in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#boolean_options" title="Boolean Options">the section called &#8220;Boolean Options&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">check-sibling</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of
                    <span><strong class="command">check-sibling</strong></span> in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#boolean_options" title="Boolean Options">the section called &#8220;Boolean Options&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">zero-no-soa-ttl</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of
                    <span><strong class="command">zero-no-soa-ttl</strong></span> in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#boolean_options" title="Boolean Options">the section called &#8220;Boolean Options&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">update-check-ksk</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of
                    <span><strong class="command">update-check-ksk</strong></span> in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#boolean_options" title="Boolean Options">the section called &#8220;Boolean Options&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">database</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd>
<p>
                    Specify the type of database to be used for storing the
                    zone data.  The string following the <span><strong class="command">database</strong></span> keyword
                    is interpreted as a list of whitespace-delimited words.
                    The first word
                    identifies the database type, and any subsequent words are
                    passed
                    as arguments to the database to be interpreted in a way
                    specific
                    to the database type.
                  </p>
<p>
                    The default is <strong class="userinput"><code>"rbt"</code></strong>, BIND 9's
                    native in-memory
                    red-black-tree database.  This database does not take
                    arguments.
                  </p>
<p>
                    Other values are possible if additional database drivers
                    have been linked into the server.  Some sample drivers are
                    included
                    with the distribution but none are linked in by default.
                  </p>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">dialup</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of
                    <span><strong class="command">dialup</strong></span> in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#boolean_options" title="Boolean Options">the section called &#8220;Boolean Options&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">delegation-only</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    The flag only applies to hint and stub zones.  If set
                    to <strong class="userinput"><code>yes</code></strong>, then the zone will also be
                    treated as if it
                    is also a delegation-only type zone.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">forward</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    Only meaningful if the zone has a forwarders
                    list. The <span><strong class="command">only</strong></span> value causes
                    the lookup to fail
                    after trying the forwarders and getting no answer, while <span><strong class="command">first</strong></span> would
                    allow a normal lookup to be tried.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">forwarders</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    Used to override the list of global forwarders.
                    If it is not specified in a zone of type <span><strong class="command">forward</strong></span>,
                    no forwarding is done for the zone and the global options are
                    not used.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">ixfr-base</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    Was used in <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 8 to
                    specify the name
                    of the transaction log (journal) file for dynamic update
                    and IXFR.
                    <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9 ignores the option
                    and constructs the name of the journal
                    file by appending "<code class="filename">.jnl</code>"
                    to the name of the
                    zone file.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">ixfr-tmp-file</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    Was an undocumented option in <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 8.
                    Ignored in <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">journal</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    Allow the default journal's filename to be overridden.
                    The default is the zone's filename with "<code class="filename">.jnl</code>" appended.
                    This is applicable to <span><strong class="command">master</strong></span> and <span><strong class="command">slave</strong></span> zones.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">max-transfer-time-in</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of
                    <span><strong class="command">max-transfer-time-in</strong></span> in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#zone_transfers" title="Zone Transfers">the section called &#8220;Zone Transfers&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">max-transfer-idle-in</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of
                    <span><strong class="command">max-transfer-idle-in</strong></span> in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#zone_transfers" title="Zone Transfers">the section called &#8220;Zone Transfers&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">max-transfer-time-out</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of
                    <span><strong class="command">max-transfer-time-out</strong></span> in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#zone_transfers" title="Zone Transfers">the section called &#8220;Zone Transfers&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">max-transfer-idle-out</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of
                    <span><strong class="command">max-transfer-idle-out</strong></span> in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#zone_transfers" title="Zone Transfers">the section called &#8220;Zone Transfers&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">notify</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of
                    <span><strong class="command">notify</strong></span> in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#boolean_options" title="Boolean Options">the section called &#8220;Boolean Options&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">notify-delay</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of
                    <span><strong class="command">notify-delay</strong></span> in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#tuning" title="Tuning">the section called &#8220;Tuning&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">pubkey</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    In <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 8, this option was
                    intended for specifying
                    a public zone key for verification of signatures in DNSSEC
                    signed
                    zones when they are loaded from disk. <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9 does not verify signatures
                    on load and ignores the option.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">zone-statistics</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    If <strong class="userinput"><code>yes</code></strong>, the server will keep
                    statistical
                    information for this zone, which can be dumped to the
                    <span><strong class="command">statistics-file</strong></span> defined in
                    the server options.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">sig-validity-interval</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of
                    <span><strong class="command">sig-validity-interval</strong></span> in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#tuning" title="Tuning">the section called &#8220;Tuning&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">transfer-source</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of
                    <span><strong class="command">transfer-source</strong></span> in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#zone_transfers" title="Zone Transfers">the section called &#8220;Zone Transfers&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">transfer-source-v6</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of
                    <span><strong class="command">transfer-source-v6</strong></span> in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#zone_transfers" title="Zone Transfers">the section called &#8220;Zone Transfers&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">alt-transfer-source</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of
                    <span><strong class="command">alt-transfer-source</strong></span> in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#zone_transfers" title="Zone Transfers">the section called &#8220;Zone Transfers&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">alt-transfer-source-v6</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of
                    <span><strong class="command">alt-transfer-source-v6</strong></span> in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#zone_transfers" title="Zone Transfers">the section called &#8220;Zone Transfers&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">use-alt-transfer-source</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of
                    <span><strong class="command">use-alt-transfer-source</strong></span> in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#zone_transfers" title="Zone Transfers">the section called &#8220;Zone Transfers&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">notify-source</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of
                    <span><strong class="command">notify-source</strong></span> in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#zone_transfers" title="Zone Transfers">the section called &#8220;Zone Transfers&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">notify-source-v6</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of
                    <span><strong class="command">notify-source-v6</strong></span> in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#zone_transfers" title="Zone Transfers">the section called &#8220;Zone Transfers&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt>
<span class="term"><span><strong class="command">min-refresh-time</strong></span>, </span><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">max-refresh-time</strong></span>, </span><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">min-retry-time</strong></span>, </span><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">max-retry-time</strong></span></span>
</dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#tuning" title="Tuning">the section called &#8220;Tuning&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">ixfr-from-differences</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of
                    <span><strong class="command">ixfr-from-differences</strong></span> in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#boolean_options" title="Boolean Options">the section called &#8220;Boolean Options&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">key-directory</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of
                    <span><strong class="command">key-directory</strong></span> in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#options" title="options Statement Definition and
          Usage">the section called &#8220;<span><strong class="command">options</strong></span> Statement Definition and
          Usage&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">multi-master</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of <span><strong class="command">multi-master</strong></span> in
                    <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#boolean_options" title="Boolean Options">the section called &#8220;Boolean Options&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><span><strong class="command">masterfile-format</strong></span></span></dt>
<dd><p>
                    See the description of <span><strong class="command">masterfile-format</strong></span>
                    in <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#tuning" title="Tuning">the section called &#8220;Tuning&#8221;</a>.
                  </p></dd>
</dl></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="dynamic_update_policies"></a>Dynamic Update Policies</h4></div></div></div>
<p>
              <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9 supports two alternative
              methods of granting clients
              the right to perform dynamic updates to a zone,
              configured by the <span><strong class="command">allow-update</strong></span>
              and
              <span><strong class="command">update-policy</strong></span> option,
              respectively.
            </p>
<p>
              The <span><strong class="command">allow-update</strong></span> clause works the
              same
              way as in previous versions of <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym>. It grants given clients the
              permission to update any record of any name in the zone.
            </p>
<p>
              The <span><strong class="command">update-policy</strong></span> clause is new
              in <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym>
              9 and allows more fine-grained control over what updates are
              allowed.
              A set of rules is specified, where each rule either grants or
              denies
              permissions for one or more names to be updated by one or more
              identities.
              If the dynamic update request message is signed (that is, it
              includes
              either a TSIG or SIG(0) record), the identity of the signer can
              be determined.
            </p>
<p>
              Rules are specified in the <span><strong class="command">update-policy</strong></span> zone
              option, and are only meaningful for master zones.  When the <span><strong class="command">update-policy</strong></span> statement
              is present, it is a configuration error for the <span><strong class="command">allow-update</strong></span> statement
              to be present.  The <span><strong class="command">update-policy</strong></span>
              statement only
              examines the signer of a message; the source address is not
              relevant.
            </p>
<p>
              This is how a rule definition looks:
            </p>
<pre class="programlisting">
( <span><strong class="command">grant</strong></span> | <span><strong class="command">deny</strong></span> ) <em class="replaceable"><code>identity</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>nametype</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> [<span class="optional"> <em class="replaceable"><code>types</code></em> </span>]
</pre>
<p>
              Each rule grants or denies privileges.  Once a message has
              successfully matched a rule, the operation is immediately
              granted
              or denied and no further rules are examined.  A rule is matched
              when the signer matches the identity field, the name matches the
              name field in accordance with the nametype field, and the type
              matches
              the types specified in the type field.
            </p>
<p>
              The identity field specifies a name or a wildcard name.
              Normally, this
              is the name of the TSIG or SIG(0) key used to sign the update
              request.  When a
              TKEY exchange has been used to create a shared secret, the
              identity of the
              shared secret is the same as the identity of the key used to
              authenticate the
              TKEY exchange.  When the <em class="replaceable"><code>identity</code></em> field specifies a
              wildcard name, it is subject to DNS wildcard expansion, so the
              rule will apply
              to multiple identities.  The <em class="replaceable"><code>identity</code></em> field must
              contain a fully-qualified domain name.
            </p>
<p>
              The <em class="replaceable"><code>nametype</code></em> field has 6
              values:
              <code class="varname">name</code>, <code class="varname">subdomain</code>,
              <code class="varname">wildcard</code>, <code class="varname">self</code>,
               <code class="varname">selfsub</code>, and <code class="varname">selfwild</code>.
            </p>
<div class="informaltable"><table border="1">
<colgroup>
<col>
<col>
</colgroup>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="varname">name</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Exact-match semantics.  This rule matches
                        when the name being updated is identical
                        to the contents of the
                        <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> field.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="varname">subdomain</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        This rule matches when the name being updated
                        is a subdomain of, or identical to, the
                        contents of the <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em>
                        field.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="varname">wildcard</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        The <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> field
                        is subject to DNS wildcard expansion, and
                        this rule matches when the name being updated
                        name is a valid expansion of the wildcard.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="varname">self</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        This rule matches when the name being updated
                        matches the contents of the
                        <em class="replaceable"><code>identity</code></em> field.
                        The <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> field
                        is ignored, but should be the same as the
                        <em class="replaceable"><code>identity</code></em> field.
                        The <code class="varname">self</code> nametype is
                        most useful when allowing using one key per
                        name to update, where the key has the same
                        name as the name to be updated.  The
                        <em class="replaceable"><code>identity</code></em> would
                        be specified as <code class="constant">*</code> (an asterisk) in
                        this case.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="varname">selfsub</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        This rule is similar to <code class="varname">self</code>
                        except that subdomains of <code class="varname">self</code>
                        can also be updated.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="varname">selfwild</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        This rule is similar to <code class="varname">self</code>
                        except that only subdomains of
                        <code class="varname">self</code> can be updated.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table></div>
<p>
              In all cases, the <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em>
              field must
              specify a fully-qualified domain name.
            </p>
<p>
              If no types are explicitly specified, this rule matches all
              types except
              RRSIG, NS, SOA, and NSEC. Types may be specified by name, including
              "ANY" (ANY matches all types except NSEC, which can never be
              updated).
              Note that when an attempt is made to delete all records
              associated with a
              name, the rules are checked for each existing record type.
            </p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="id2589477"></a>Zone File</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="types_of_resource_records_and_when_to_use_them"></a>Types of Resource Records and When to Use Them</h3></div></div></div>
<p>
            This section, largely borrowed from RFC 1034, describes the
            concept of a Resource Record (RR) and explains when each is used.
            Since the publication of RFC 1034, several new RRs have been
            identified
            and implemented in the DNS. These are also included.
          </p>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="id2589495"></a>Resource Records</h4></div></div></div>
<p>
              A domain name identifies a node.  Each node has a set of
              resource information, which may be empty.  The set of resource
              information associated with a particular name is composed of
              separate RRs. The order of RRs in a set is not significant and
              need not be preserved by name servers, resolvers, or other
              parts of the DNS. However, sorting of multiple RRs is
              permitted for optimization purposes, for example, to specify
              that a particular nearby server be tried first. See <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#the_sortlist_statement" title="The sortlist Statement">the section called &#8220;The <span><strong class="command">sortlist</strong></span> Statement&#8221;</a> and <a href="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#rrset_ordering" title="RRset Ordering">the section called &#8220;RRset Ordering&#8221;</a>.
            </p>
<p>
              The components of a Resource Record are:
            </p>
<div class="informaltable"><table border="1">
<colgroup>
<col>
<col>
</colgroup>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        owner name
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        The domain name where the RR is found.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        type
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        An encoded 16-bit value that specifies
                        the type of the resource record.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        TTL
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        The time-to-live of the RR. This field
                        is a 32-bit integer in units of seconds, and is
                        primarily used by
                        resolvers when they cache RRs. The TTL describes how
                        long a RR can
                        be cached before it should be discarded.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        class
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        An encoded 16-bit value that identifies
                        a protocol family or instance of a protocol.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        RDATA
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        The resource data.  The format of the
                        data is type (and sometimes class) specific.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table></div>
<p>
              The following are <span class="emphasis"><em>types</em></span> of valid RRs:
            </p>
<div class="informaltable"><table border="1">
<colgroup>
<col>
<col>
</colgroup>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        A
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        A host address.  In the IN class, this is a
                        32-bit IP address.  Described in RFC 1035.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        AAAA
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        IPv6 address.  Described in RFC 1886.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        A6
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        IPv6 address.  This can be a partial
                        address (a suffix) and an indirection to the name
                        where the rest of the
                        address (the prefix) can be found.  Experimental.
                        Described in RFC 2874.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        AFSDB
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Location of AFS database servers.
                        Experimental.  Described in RFC 1183.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        APL
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Address prefix list.  Experimental.
                        Described in RFC 3123.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        CERT
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Holds a digital certificate.
                        Described in RFC 2538.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        CNAME
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Identifies the canonical name of an alias.
                        Described in RFC 1035.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        DNAME
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Replaces the domain name specified with
                        another name to be looked up, effectively aliasing an
                        entire
                        subtree of the domain name space rather than a single
                        record
                        as in the case of the CNAME RR.
                        Described in RFC 2672.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        DNSKEY
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Stores a public key associated with a signed
                        DNS zone.  Described in RFC 4034.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        DS
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Stores the hash of a public key associated with a
                        signed DNS zone.  Described in RFC 4034.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        GPOS
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Specifies the global position.  Superseded by LOC.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        HINFO
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Identifies the CPU and OS used by a host.
                        Described in RFC 1035.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        IPSECKEY
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Provides a method for storing IPsec keying material in
                        DNS.  Described in RFC 4025.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        ISDN
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Representation of ISDN addresses.
                        Experimental.  Described in RFC 1183.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        KEY
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Stores a public key associated with a
                        DNS name.  Used in original DNSSEC; replaced
                        by DNSKEY in DNSSECbis, but still used with
                        SIG(0).  Described in RFCs 2535 and 2931.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        KX
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Identifies a key exchanger for this
                        DNS name.  Described in RFC 2230.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        LOC
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        For storing GPS info.  Described in RFC 1876.
                        Experimental.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        MX
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Identifies a mail exchange for the domain with
                        a 16-bit preference value (lower is better)
                        followed by the host name of the mail exchange.
                        Described in RFC 974, RFC 1035.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        NAPTR
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Name authority pointer.  Described in RFC 2915.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        NSAP
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        A network service access point.
                        Described in RFC 1706.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        NS
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        The authoritative name server for the
                        domain.  Described in RFC 1035.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        NSEC
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Used in DNSSECbis to securely indicate that
                        RRs with an owner name in a certain name interval do
                        not exist in
                        a zone and indicate what RR types are present for an
                        existing name.
                        Described in RFC 4034.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        NXT
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Used in DNSSEC to securely indicate that
                        RRs with an owner name in a certain name interval do
                        not exist in
                        a zone and indicate what RR types are present for an
                        existing name.
                        Used in original DNSSEC; replaced by NSEC in
                        DNSSECbis.
                        Described in RFC 2535.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        PTR
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        A pointer to another part of the domain
                        name space.  Described in RFC 1035.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        PX
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Provides mappings between RFC 822 and X.400
                        addresses.  Described in RFC 2163.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        RP
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Information on persons responsible
                        for the domain.  Experimental.  Described in RFC 1183.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        RRSIG
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Contains DNSSECbis signature data.  Described
                        in RFC 4034.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        RT
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Route-through binding for hosts that
                        do not have their own direct wide area network
                        addresses.
                        Experimental.  Described in RFC 1183.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        SIG
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Contains DNSSEC signature data.  Used in
                        original DNSSEC; replaced by RRSIG in
                        DNSSECbis, but still used for SIG(0).
                        Described in RFCs 2535 and 2931.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        SOA
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Identifies the start of a zone of authority.
                        Described in RFC 1035.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        SPF
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Contains the Sender Policy Framework information
                        for a given email domain.  Described in RFC 4408.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        SRV
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Information about well known network
                        services (replaces WKS).  Described in RFC 2782.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        SSHFP
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Provides a way to securly publish a secure shell key's
                        fingerprint.  Described in RFC 4255.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        TXT
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Text records.  Described in RFC 1035.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        WKS
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Information about which well known
                        network services, such as SMTP, that a domain
                        supports. Historical.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        X25
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Representation of X.25 network addresses.
                        Experimental.  Described in RFC 1183.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table></div>
<p>
              The following <span class="emphasis"><em>classes</em></span> of resource records
              are currently valid in the DNS:
            </p>
<div class="informaltable"><table border="1">
<colgroup>
<col>
<col>
</colgroup>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        IN
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        The Internet.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        CH
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Chaosnet, a LAN protocol created at MIT in the
                        mid-1970s.
                        Rarely used for its historical purpose, but reused for
                        BIND's
                        built-in server information zones, e.g.,
                        <code class="literal">version.bind</code>.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        HS
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        Hesiod, an information service
                        developed by MIT's Project Athena. It is used to share
                        information
                        about various systems databases, such as users,
                        groups, printers
                        and so on.
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table></div>
<p>
              The owner name is often implicit, rather than forming an
              integral
              part of the RR.  For example, many name servers internally form
              tree
              or hash structures for the name space, and chain RRs off nodes.
              The remaining RR parts are the fixed header (type, class, TTL)
              which is consistent for all RRs, and a variable part (RDATA)
              that
              fits the needs of the resource being described.
            </p>
<p>
              The meaning of the TTL field is a time limit on how long an
              RR can be kept in a cache.  This limit does not apply to
              authoritative
              data in zones; it is also timed out, but by the refreshing
              policies
              for the zone.  The TTL is assigned by the administrator for the
              zone where the data originates.  While short TTLs can be used to
              minimize caching, and a zero TTL prohibits caching, the
              realities
              of Internet performance suggest that these times should be on
              the
              order of days for the typical host.  If a change can be
              anticipated,
              the TTL can be reduced prior to the change to minimize
              inconsistency
              during the change, and then increased back to its former value
              following
              the change.
            </p>
<p>
              The data in the RDATA section of RRs is carried as a combination
              of binary strings and domain names.  The domain names are
              frequently
              used as "pointers" to other data in the DNS.
            </p>
</div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="id2590912"></a>Textual expression of RRs</h4></div></div></div>
<p>
              RRs are represented in binary form in the packets of the DNS
              protocol, and are usually represented in highly encoded form
              when
              stored in a name server or resolver.  In the examples provided
              in
              RFC 1034, a style similar to that used in master files was
              employed
              in order to show the contents of RRs.  In this format, most RRs
              are shown on a single line, although continuation lines are
              possible
              using parentheses.
            </p>
<p>
              The start of the line gives the owner of the RR.  If a line
              begins with a blank, then the owner is assumed to be the same as
              that of the previous RR.  Blank lines are often included for
              readability.
            </p>
<p>
              Following the owner, we list the TTL, type, and class of the
              RR.  Class and type use the mnemonics defined above, and TTL is
              an integer before the type field.  In order to avoid ambiguity
              in
              parsing, type and class mnemonics are disjoint, TTLs are
              integers,
              and the type mnemonic is always last. The IN class and TTL
              values
              are often omitted from examples in the interests of clarity.
            </p>
<p>
              The resource data or RDATA section of the RR are given using
              knowledge of the typical representation for the data.
            </p>
<p>
              For example, we might show the RRs carried in a message as:
            </p>
<div class="informaltable"><table border="1">
<colgroup>
<col>
<col>
<col>
</colgroup>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="literal">ISI.EDU.</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="literal">MX</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="literal">10 VENERA.ISI.EDU.</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p></p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="literal">MX</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="literal">10 VAXA.ISI.EDU</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="literal">VENERA.ISI.EDU</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="literal">A</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="literal">128.9.0.32</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p></p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="literal">A</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="literal">10.1.0.52</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="literal">VAXA.ISI.EDU</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="literal">A</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="literal">10.2.0.27</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p></p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="literal">A</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="literal">128.9.0.33</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table></div>
<p>
              The MX RRs have an RDATA section which consists of a 16-bit
              number followed by a domain name.  The address RRs use a
              standard
              IP address format to contain a 32-bit internet address.
            </p>
<p>
              The above example shows six RRs, with two RRs at each of three
              domain names.
            </p>
<p>
              Similarly we might see:
            </p>
<div class="informaltable"><table border="1">
<colgroup>
<col>
<col>
<col>
</colgroup>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="literal">XX.LCS.MIT.EDU.</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="literal">IN A</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="literal">10.0.0.44</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td> </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="literal">CH A</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
<td>
                      <p>
                        <code class="literal">MIT.EDU. 2420</code>
                      </p>
                    </td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table></div>
<p>
              This example shows two addresses for
              <code class="literal">XX.LCS.MIT.EDU</code>, each of a different class.
            </p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="id2591500"></a>Discussion of MX Records</h3></div></div></div>
<p>
            As described above, domain servers store information as a
            series of resource records, each of which contains a particular
            piece of information about a given domain name (which is usually,
            but not always, a host). The simplest way to think of a RR is as
            a typed pair of data, a domain name matched with a relevant datum,
            and stored with some additional type information to help systems
            determine when the RR is relevant.
          </p>
<p>
            MX records are used to control delivery of email. The data
            specified in the record is a priority and a domain name. The
            priority
            controls the order in which email delivery is attempted, with the
            lowest number first. If two priorities are the same, a server is
            chosen randomly. If no servers at a given priority are responding,
            the mail transport agent will fall back to the next largest
            priority.
            Priority numbers do not have any absolute meaning &#8212; they are
            relevant
            only respective to other MX records for that domain name. The
            domain
            name given is the machine to which the mail will be delivered.
            It <span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> have an associated address record
            (A or AAAA) &#8212; CNAME is not sufficient.
          </p>
<p>
            For a given domain, if there is both a CNAME record and an
            MX record, the MX record is in error, and will be ignored.
            Instead,
            the mail will be delivered to the server specified in the MX
            record
            pointed to by the CNAME.
          </p>
<p>
            For example:
          </p>
<div class="informaltable"><table border="1">
<colgroup>
<col>
<col>
<col>
<col>
<col>
</colgroup>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p>
                      <code class="literal">example.com.</code>
                    </p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      <code class="literal">IN</code>
                    </p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      <code class="literal">MX</code>
                    </p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      <code class="literal">10</code>
                    </p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      <code class="literal">mail.example.com.</code>
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      <code class="literal">IN</code>
                    </p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      <code class="literal">MX</code>
                    </p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      <code class="literal">10</code>
                    </p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      <code class="literal">mail2.example.com.</code>
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      <code class="literal">IN</code>
                    </p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      <code class="literal">MX</code>
                    </p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      <code class="literal">20</code>
                    </p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      <code class="literal">mail.backup.org.</code>
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p>
                      <code class="literal">mail.example.com.</code>
                    </p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      <code class="literal">IN</code>
                    </p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      <code class="literal">A</code>
                    </p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      <code class="literal">10.0.0.1</code>
                    </p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p></p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p>
                      <code class="literal">mail2.example.com.</code>
                    </p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      <code class="literal">IN</code>
                    </p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      <code class="literal">A</code>
                    </p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      <code class="literal">10.0.0.2</code>
                    </p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p></p>
                  </td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table></div>
<p>
            Mail delivery will be attempted to <code class="literal">mail.example.com</code> and
            <code class="literal">mail2.example.com</code> (in
            any order), and if neither of those succeed, delivery to <code class="literal">mail.backup.org</code> will
            be attempted.
          </p>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="Setting_TTLs"></a>Setting TTLs</h3></div></div></div>
<p>
            The time-to-live of the RR field is a 32-bit integer represented
            in units of seconds, and is primarily used by resolvers when they
            cache RRs. The TTL describes how long a RR can be cached before it
            should be discarded. The following three types of TTL are
            currently
            used in a zone file.
          </p>
<div class="informaltable"><table border="1">
<colgroup>
<col>
<col>
</colgroup>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p>
                      SOA
                    </p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      The last field in the SOA is the negative
                      caching TTL. This controls how long other servers will
                      cache no-such-domain
                      (NXDOMAIN) responses from you.
                    </p>
                    <p>
                      The maximum time for
                      negative caching is 3 hours (3h).
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p>
                      $TTL
                    </p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      The $TTL directive at the top of the
                      zone file (before the SOA) gives a default TTL for every
                      RR without
                      a specific TTL set.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p>
                      RR TTLs
                    </p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      Each RR can have a TTL as the second
                      field in the RR, which will control how long other
                      servers can cache
                      the it.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table></div>
<p>
            All of these TTLs default to units of seconds, though units
            can be explicitly specified, for example, <code class="literal">1h30m</code>.
          </p>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="id2592188"></a>Inverse Mapping in IPv4</h3></div></div></div>
<p>
            Reverse name resolution (that is, translation from IP address
            to name) is achieved by means of the <span class="emphasis"><em>in-addr.arpa</em></span> domain
            and PTR records. Entries in the in-addr.arpa domain are made in
            least-to-most significant order, read left to right. This is the
            opposite order to the way IP addresses are usually written. Thus,
            a machine with an IP address of 10.1.2.3 would have a
            corresponding
            in-addr.arpa name of
            3.2.1.10.in-addr.arpa. This name should have a PTR resource record
            whose data field is the name of the machine or, optionally,
            multiple
            PTR records if the machine has more than one name. For example,
            in the [<span class="optional">example.com</span>] domain:
          </p>
<div class="informaltable"><table border="1">
<colgroup>
<col>
<col>
</colgroup>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p>
                      <code class="literal">$ORIGIN</code>
                    </p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      <code class="literal">2.1.10.in-addr.arpa</code>
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p>
                      <code class="literal">3</code>
                    </p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      <code class="literal">IN PTR foo.example.com.</code>
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table></div>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p>
              The <span><strong class="command">$ORIGIN</strong></span> lines in the examples
              are for providing context to the examples only &#8212; they do not
              necessarily
              appear in the actual usage. They are only used here to indicate
              that the example is relative to the listed origin.
            </p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="id2592384"></a>Other Zone File Directives</h3></div></div></div>
<p>
            The Master File Format was initially defined in RFC 1035 and
            has subsequently been extended. While the Master File Format
            itself
            is class independent all records in a Master File must be of the
            same
            class.
          </p>
<p>
            Master File Directives include <span><strong class="command">$ORIGIN</strong></span>, <span><strong class="command">$INCLUDE</strong></span>,
            and <span><strong class="command">$TTL.</strong></span>
          </p>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="id2592406"></a>The <span><strong class="command">$ORIGIN</strong></span> Directive</h4></div></div></div>
<p>
              Syntax: <span><strong class="command">$ORIGIN</strong></span>
              <em class="replaceable"><code>domain-name</code></em>
              [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>comment</code></em></span>]
            </p>
<p><span><strong class="command">$ORIGIN</strong></span>
              sets the domain name that will be appended to any
              unqualified records. When a zone is first read in there
              is an implicit <span><strong class="command">$ORIGIN</strong></span>
              &lt;<code class="varname">zone-name</code>&gt;<span><strong class="command">.</strong></span>
              The current <span><strong class="command">$ORIGIN</strong></span> is appended to
              the domain specified in the <span><strong class="command">$ORIGIN</strong></span>
              argument if it is not absolute.
            </p>
<pre class="programlisting">
$ORIGIN example.com.
WWW     CNAME   MAIN-SERVER
</pre>
<p>
              is equivalent to
            </p>
<pre class="programlisting">
WWW.EXAMPLE.COM. CNAME MAIN-SERVER.EXAMPLE.COM.
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="id2592467"></a>The <span><strong class="command">$INCLUDE</strong></span> Directive</h4></div></div></div>
<p>
              Syntax: <span><strong class="command">$INCLUDE</strong></span>
              <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em>
              [<span class="optional">
<em class="replaceable"><code>origin</code></em> </span>]
              [<span class="optional"> <em class="replaceable"><code>comment</code></em> </span>]
            </p>
<p>
              Read and process the file <code class="filename">filename</code> as
              if it were included into the file at this point.  If <span><strong class="command">origin</strong></span> is
              specified the file is processed with <span><strong class="command">$ORIGIN</strong></span> set
              to that value, otherwise the current <span><strong class="command">$ORIGIN</strong></span> is
              used.
            </p>
<p>
              The origin and the current domain name
              revert to the values they had prior to the <span><strong class="command">$INCLUDE</strong></span> once
              the file has been read.
            </p>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p>
                RFC 1035 specifies that the current origin should be restored
                after
                an <span><strong class="command">$INCLUDE</strong></span>, but it is silent
                on whether the current
                domain name should also be restored.  BIND 9 restores both of
                them.
                This could be construed as a deviation from RFC 1035, a
                feature, or both.
              </p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="id2592536"></a>The <span><strong class="command">$TTL</strong></span> Directive</h4></div></div></div>
<p>
              Syntax: <span><strong class="command">$TTL</strong></span>
              <em class="replaceable"><code>default-ttl</code></em>
              [<span class="optional">
<em class="replaceable"><code>comment</code></em> </span>]
            </p>
<p>
              Set the default Time To Live (TTL) for subsequent records
              with undefined TTLs. Valid TTLs are of the range 0-2147483647
              seconds.
            </p>
<p><span><strong class="command">$TTL</strong></span>
               is defined in RFC 2308.
            </p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="id2592572"></a><acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> Master File Extension: the  <span><strong class="command">$GENERATE</strong></span> Directive</h3></div></div></div>
<p>
            Syntax: <span><strong class="command">$GENERATE</strong></span>
            <em class="replaceable"><code>range</code></em>
            <em class="replaceable"><code>lhs</code></em>
            [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>ttl</code></em></span>]
            [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>class</code></em></span>]
            <em class="replaceable"><code>type</code></em>
            <em class="replaceable"><code>rhs</code></em>
            [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>comment</code></em></span>]
          </p>
<p><span><strong class="command">$GENERATE</strong></span>
            is used to create a series of resource records that only
            differ from each other by an
            iterator. <span><strong class="command">$GENERATE</strong></span> can be used to
            easily generate the sets of records required to support
            sub /24 reverse delegations described in RFC 2317:
            Classless IN-ADDR.ARPA delegation.
          </p>
<pre class="programlisting">$ORIGIN 0.0.192.IN-ADDR.ARPA.
$GENERATE 1-2 0 NS SERVER$.EXAMPLE.
$GENERATE 1-127 $ CNAME $.0</pre>
<p>
            is equivalent to
          </p>
<pre class="programlisting">0.0.0.192.IN-ADDR.ARPA. NS SERVER1.EXAMPLE.
0.0.0.192.IN-ADDR.ARPA. NS SERVER2.EXAMPLE.
1.0.0.192.IN-ADDR.ARPA. CNAME 1.0.0.0.192.IN-ADDR.ARPA.
2.0.0.192.IN-ADDR.ARPA. CNAME 2.0.0.0.192.IN-ADDR.ARPA.
...
127.0.0.192.IN-ADDR.ARPA. CNAME 127.0.0.0.192.IN-ADDR.ARPA.
</pre>
<div class="informaltable"><table border="1">
<colgroup>
<col>
<col>
</colgroup>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">range</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      This can be one of two forms: start-stop
                      or start-stop/step. If the first form is used, then step
                      is set to
                      1. All of start, stop and step must be positive.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">lhs</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>This
                      describes the owner name of the resource records
                      to be created.  Any single <span><strong class="command">$</strong></span>
                      (dollar sign)
                      symbols within the <span><strong class="command">lhs</strong></span> side
                      are replaced by the iterator value.

                      To get a $ in the output, you need to escape the
                      <span><strong class="command">$</strong></span> using a backslash
                      <span><strong class="command">\</strong></span>,
                      e.g. <span><strong class="command">\$</strong></span>. The
                      <span><strong class="command">$</strong></span> may optionally be followed
                      by modifiers which change the offset from the
                      iterator, field width and base.

                      Modifiers are introduced by a
                      <span><strong class="command">{</strong></span> (left brace) immediately following the
                      <span><strong class="command">$</strong></span> as
                      <span><strong class="command">${offset[,width[,base]]}</strong></span>.
                      For example, <span><strong class="command">${-20,3,d}</strong></span>
                      subtracts 20 from the current value, prints the
                      result as a decimal in a zero-padded field of
                      width 3.

                      Available output forms are decimal
                      (<span><strong class="command">d</strong></span>), octal
                      (<span><strong class="command">o</strong></span>) and hexadecimal
                      (<span><strong class="command">x</strong></span> or <span><strong class="command">X</strong></span>
                      for uppercase).  The default modifier is
                      <span><strong class="command">${0,0,d}</strong></span>.  If the
                      <span><strong class="command">lhs</strong></span> is not absolute, the
                      current <span><strong class="command">$ORIGIN</strong></span> is appended
                      to the name.
                    </p>
                    <p>
                      For compatibility with earlier versions, <span><strong class="command">$$</strong></span> is still
                      recognized as indicating a literal $ in the output.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">ttl</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      Specifies the time-to-live of the generated records. If
                      not specified this will be inherited using the
                      normal ttl inheritance rules.
                    </p>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">class</strong></span>
                      and <span><strong class="command">ttl</strong></span> can be
                      entered in either order.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">class</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      Specifies the class of the generated records.
                      This must match the zone class if it is
                      specified.
                    </p>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">class</strong></span>
                      and <span><strong class="command">ttl</strong></span> can be
                      entered in either order.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">type</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      At present the only supported types are
                      PTR, CNAME, DNAME, A, AAAA and NS.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
                    <p><span><strong class="command">rhs</strong></span></p>
                  </td>
<td>
                    <p>
                      <span><strong class="command">rhs</strong></span> is a domain name. It is processed
                      similarly to lhs.
                    </p>
                  </td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table></div>
<p>
            The <span><strong class="command">$GENERATE</strong></span> directive is a <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> extension
            and not part of the standard zone file format.
          </p>
<p>
            BIND 8 does not support the optional TTL and CLASS fields.
          </p>
</div>
<div class="sect2" lang="en">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="zonefile_format"></a>Additional File Formats</h3></div></div></div>
<p>
            In addition to the standard textual format, BIND 9
            supports the ability to read or dump to zone files in
            other formats.  The <code class="constant">raw</code> format is
            currently available as an additional format.  It is a
            binary format representing BIND 9's internal data
            structure directly, thereby remarkably improving the
            loading time.
          </p>
<p>
            For a primary server, a zone file in the
            <code class="constant">raw</code> format is expected to be
            generated from a textual zone file by the
            <span><strong class="command">named-compilezone</strong></span> command.  For a
            secondary server or for a dynamic zone, it is automatically
            generated (if this format is specified by the
            <span><strong class="command">masterfile-format</strong></span> option) when
            <span><strong class="command">named</strong></span> dumps the zone contents after
            zone transfer or when applying prior updates.
          </p>
<p>
            If a zone file in a binary format needs manual modification,
            it first must be converted to a textual form by the
            <span><strong class="command">named-compilezone</strong></span> command.  All
            necessary modification should go to the text file, which
            should then be converted to the binary form by the
            <span><strong class="command">named-compilezone</strong></span> command again.
          </p>
<p>
             Although the <code class="constant">raw</code> format uses the
             network byte order and avoids architecture-dependent
             data alignment so that it is as much portable as
             possible, it is primarily expected to be used inside
             the same single system.  In order to export a zone
             file in the <code class="constant">raw</code> format or make a
             portable backup of the file, it is recommended to
             convert the file to the standard textual representation.
          </p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="navfooter">
<hr>
<table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer">
<tr>
<td width="40%" align="left">
<a accesskey="p" href="Bv9ARM.ch05.html">Prev</a> </td>
<td width="20%" align="center"> </td>
<td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="Bv9ARM.ch07.html">Next</a>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. The <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9 Lightweight Resolver </td>
<td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="Bv9ARM.html">Home</a></td>
<td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 7. <acronym class="acronym">BIND</acronym> 9 Security Considerations</td>
</tr>
</table>
</div>
</body>
</html>
OpenPOWER on IntegriCloud